WO2023071587A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023071587A1
WO2023071587A1 PCT/CN2022/118926 CN2022118926W WO2023071587A1 WO 2023071587 A1 WO2023071587 A1 WO 2023071587A1 CN 2022118926 W CN2022118926 W CN 2022118926W WO 2023071587 A1 WO2023071587 A1 WO 2023071587A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mobile relay
access network
network device
mobile
relay
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/118926
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
朱方园
李岩
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023071587A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023071587A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/08Load balancing or load distribution
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/08Load balancing or load distribution
    • H04W28/086Load balancing or load distribution among access entities
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/08Load balancing or load distribution
    • H04W28/09Management thereof
    • H04W28/0925Management thereof using policies
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • H04W4/029Location-based management or tracking services
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/02Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing
    • H04W40/22Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing using selective relaying for reaching a BTS [Base Transceiver Station] or an access point

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, in particular to a communication method and a communication device.
  • the mobile relay is a wireless access network device with mobility, which integrates the wireless access link and the wireless backhaul link.
  • the wireless access link is the communication link between the terminal device and the mobile relay, and the wireless
  • the backhaul link is the communication link between the mobile relay and the wireless access network equipment deployed on the ground without mobility, and the wireless backhaul link is mainly for data backhaul. Since the mobile relay does not require a wired transmission network for data backhaul, the mobile relay helps reduce the deployment requirements for the wired transmission network in outdoor scenarios where it is difficult to deploy a wired transmission network.
  • the mobile relay may be a vehicle mounted relay (VMR) mounted on a vehicle.
  • VMR vehicle mounted relay
  • the application of the mobile relay enables the terminal equipment located inside or around the vehicle to connect to the mobile relay to achieve network access.
  • the present application provides a communication method and a communication device in order to realize load balancing of mobile relays.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be performed by core network equipment, or can also be performed by components (such as chips, chip systems, etc.) configured in the core network equipment, or can also be performed by A logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the core network equipment is not limited in this application.
  • the method includes: determining that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold; determining that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and determining that the second mobile relay is at the first
  • the movement trajectory within the time period is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within the first time period; and the information of the second mobile relay is sent to the first access network device, and the information of the second mobile relay is used for
  • the terminal device is connected to the second mobile relay, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are in a moving state, and the first mobile relay is used to provide a medium between the terminal device and the first access network device follow up service.
  • the movement track of the mobile relay may refer to a collection of location points that the mobile relay passes through.
  • the same movement trajectory may specifically mean that the movement trajectories of two or more mobile relays are coincident, or nearly coincident.
  • the approximate coincidence may refer to, for example, that the positions of the two or more mobile relays (such as the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay) are within a preset distance range.
  • the core network equipment determines the mobile relay with excessive load and the mobile relay with small load, and determines from the mobile relay with small load that it is in the same location as the mobile relay with excessive load
  • the mobile relay with the same movement track within the time period is used as the target mobile relay.
  • the information of the second mobile relay is sent to the first access network device, so as to migrate the terminal device from the mobile relay with a heavy load to a target mobile relay with a small load, so as to realize the communication between the mobile relays. load balancing.
  • the core network equipment determines the target mobile relay for the first mobile relay according to the movement track of each mobile relay.
  • the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is the same as that of the first mobile relay within a period of time (such as the first time period), and considering the terminal accessing the first mobile relay Devices usually have the same movement trajectory as the first mobile relay (for example, the first mobile relay and terminal devices are located inside the same vehicle entity), so if some terminal devices are migrated from the first mobile relay to the second mobile
  • the relay can make the service connection of the terminal equipment not affected by the mobility of the second mobile relay within the first period of time, and prevent these terminal equipment from frequently initiating cell reselection due to the location change of the second mobile relay , so that the increase of signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection can be avoided, the impact on normal communication of the terminal equipment can be reduced, and the transmission performance of the terminal equipment can be ensured.
  • the method further includes: sending a first duration to the first access network device, and after the first duration expires, the first mobile relay can A relay service is provided between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the first access network device can migrate the terminal requesting access from the first mobile relay to the After the first time period expires, the second mobile relay may connect the terminal requesting to access from the first mobile relay to the first mobile relay. Therefore, it is beneficial to avoid problems such as transmission performance degradation that may be caused by redirecting the terminal device to the second mobile relay when the distance between the second mobile relay and the first mobile relay is relatively long or the movement trajectory is different.
  • the first duration is less than or equal to the duration of the first time period.
  • the first duration is controlled within the duration range of the first time period, it can effectively avoid In the case that the mobile relay is far away or the movement trajectory is different, redirecting the terminal device to the second mobile relay may cause transmission performance degradation and other problems.
  • the method before sending the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, the method further includes: receiving the second mobile relay information from the first access network device An identification of a mobile relay and a registration request from a terminal device, where the identification of the first mobile relay is used to indicate that the registration request is forwarded to the first access network device through the first mobile relay.
  • the core network device After the core network device receives the identity of the first mobile relay and the registration request message of the terminal device, it sends the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, thereby realizing the load balancing of the mobile relay and realizing
  • the core network device controls the manner in which the terminal device accesses the second mobile relay at the granularity of the terminal device.
  • the second mobile relay is used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  • a possible situation is that the first access network device and the second access network device are the same access network device. Another possible situation is that the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices.
  • the information of the second mobile relay includes an identifier of the second mobile relay, and the identifier of the second mobile relay corresponds to a frequency point of the second mobile relay.
  • the core network device can send the identity of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, thereby facilitating the first access
  • the network device acquires the corresponding frequency point of the second mobile relay based on the identifier of the second mobile relay.
  • the information of the second mobile relay includes a frequency point of the second mobile relay.
  • the core network device can send the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can The network access device notifies the terminal device of the frequency point of the second mobile relay.
  • the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices, and before sending the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, the method further includes: Sending the identifier of the second mobile relay to the second access network device; receiving the frequency point of the second mobile relay from the second access network device.
  • the core network device may first send the identifier of the second mobile relay to the second access network device to obtain the corresponding frequency point of the second mobile relay, and then use the obtained frequency point of the second mobile relay The point is sent to the first access network device.
  • the method further includes: acquiring loads of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay.
  • the load of the mobile relay can be understood as the resources currently occupied by the mobile relay, and the load can be represented by a percentage, a decimal, etc., and the larger the value, the more resources the mobile relay is currently occupied, and the higher the load. big.
  • the load information may include load, or the number of terminal devices accessing the mobile relay. Wherein, the number of terminal devices accessing the mobile relay can be used to calculate the load. Therefore, the core network equipment can determine the load according to the load information reported by each mobile relay.
  • the method further includes: acquiring movement trajectories of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay.
  • the core network equipment can obtain the movement trajectory of each mobile relay according to the movement trajectory actively reported by each mobile relay, and can also obtain the movement trajectory of the mobile relay by performing location monitoring on the mobile relay. This application is not limited to this.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by the first access network device, or can also be executed by components (such as chips, chip systems, etc.) configured in the first access network device , or, it may also be realized by a logic module or software capable of realizing all or part of the functions of the first access network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method includes: receiving information of a second mobile relay from a core network device, and the information of the second mobile relay is used for connecting a terminal device to the second mobile relay; wherein, the terminal device is at the For a terminal device requesting access from a first mobile relay within a period of time, the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold, the load of the second mobile relay is lower than a second preset threshold, and the The movement trajectory of the second mobile relay is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within the first time period; the frequency point of the second mobile relay is sent to the terminal device, and the frequency point of the second mobile relay is used for Connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay.
  • the first access network device receives the information of the second mobile relay from the core network device, and sends the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the terminal device, so that the request is transferred from the overloaded first
  • the terminal equipment accessed by the mobile relay is migrated to the second mobile relay whose load is relatively small and whose movement track within the first time period is the same as that of the first mobile relay during the first time period, and then Realized load balancing among mobile relays.
  • the pressure on individual mobile relays with excessive load can be relieved, and part of the pressure can be transferred to mobile relays with smaller loads, which is beneficial to improve the performance of mobile relays and reduce the impact on wired
  • the deployment requirements of the transmission network are conducive to improving system throughput.
  • the high mobility of the mobile relay is considered when determining the target mobile relay for the first mobile relay, the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is within a period of time (as described in the above-mentioned No.
  • the service connection of the terminal equipment can not be moved by the second mobile relay within the first time period Influenced by nature, to prevent these terminal equipments from frequently initiating cell reselection due to the location change of the second mobile relay, thereby avoiding the increase of signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection, and reducing the impact on terminal equipment
  • the impact of the normal communication is beneficial to ensure the transmission performance of the terminal equipment.
  • the method further includes: receiving a first duration from the core network device, and after the first duration expires, the terminal device and the first access network device continue to provide relay services.
  • the first access network device can migrate the terminal requesting access from the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay before the first duration expires based on the first duration
  • the relay after the first duration times out, may connect the terminal requesting to access from the first mobile relay to the first mobile relay. Therefore, it is beneficial to avoid problems such as transmission performance degradation that may be caused by redirecting the terminal device to the second mobile relay when the distance between the second mobile relay and the first mobile relay is relatively long or the movement trajectory is different.
  • the first duration is less than or equal to the duration of the first time period.
  • the first duration is controlled within the duration range of the first time period, it can effectively avoid In the case that the mobile relay is far away or the moving trajectory is different, redirecting the terminal device to the second mobile relay may cause frequent cell reselection, transmission performance degradation and other problems.
  • the method before receiving the information of the second mobile relay from the core network device, the method further includes: receiving a radio resource control (radio resource control) from the terminal device , RRC) message, the RRC message carries a registration request message for requesting access from the first mobile relay; and forwards the registration request message and the identifier of the first mobile relay to the core network device.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the core network device After receiving the RRC message of the terminal device through the first access network device, forward the registration request message and the identifier of the first mobile relay in the RRC message to the core network device, and then receive the registration request message of the second mobile relay from the core network device information, and then the load balance of the mobile relay can be realized, and the core network device can control the access of the terminal device to the second mobile relay with the granularity of the terminal device.
  • the second mobile relay is used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  • a possible situation is that the first access network device and the second access network device are the same access network device. Another possible situation is that the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices.
  • the information of the second mobile relay includes an identifier of the second mobile relay, and the identifier of the second mobile relay corresponds to a frequency point of the second mobile relay.
  • the core network device can send the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can The network access device notifies the terminal device of the frequency point of the second mobile relay.
  • the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices, and the method further includes: sending a request message to the second access network device, the request message carrying the second mobile The identifier of the relay, the request message is used to request the frequency point of the second mobile relay, and request the terminal device to access the second mobile relay; receive the response message of the request message from the second access network device, the response message includes the frequency point of the second mobile relay.
  • the convenient acquisition of the frequency point of the second mobile relay is realized, and in order to connect the terminal device from the first access network Basic conditions are provided for migrating the first mobile relay of the access network device to the second mobile relay of the second access network device.
  • the information of the second mobile relay includes a frequency point of the second mobile relay, and the second mobile relay is used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  • the core network device can send the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can The network access device notifies the terminal device of the frequency point of the second mobile relay.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by the first access network device, or can also be executed by components (such as chips, chip systems, etc.) configured in the first access network device , or, it may also be realized by a logic module or software capable of realizing all or part of the functions of the first access network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method includes: determining that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold; determining that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and determining that the second mobile relay is at the first
  • the movement trajectory within the time period is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within the first time period; it is determined that the terminal device requests access from the first mobile relay at the first moment of the first time period, and the terminal device
  • the device sends the frequency point of the second mobile relay, and the frequency point of the second mobile relay is used for the terminal device to access the second mobile relay.
  • the first access network device may redirect the terminal device to the second mobile relay. That is, load balancing between mobile relays is implemented based on the granularity of the terminal equipment.
  • the mobile relay with excessive load and the mobile relay with small load are determined by the access network equipment, and the mobile relay with small load is determined to be in the same
  • the mobile relays with the same moving trajectory in the time period are used as the target mobile relays, so as to control the migration of terminal equipment from the mobile relays with heavy load to the mobile relays with small loads, and realize the load balancing among mobile relays.
  • the first access network device determines the target mobile relay for the first mobile relay according to the movement track of each mobile relay.
  • the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is the same as that of the first mobile relay within a period of time (such as the first time period), and considering the terminal accessing the first mobile relay Devices usually have the same movement trajectory as the first mobile relay (for example, the first mobile relay and terminal devices are located inside the same vehicle entity), so if some terminal devices are migrated from the first mobile relay to the second mobile
  • the relay can prevent the service connection of the terminal equipment from being affected by the mobility of the second mobile relay within the first time period, and prevent these terminal equipment from frequently initiating cell reselection due to the location change of the mobile relay, thereby Increases in signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection can be avoided, impact on normal communication of terminal equipment can be reduced, and transmission performance of terminal equipment can be ensured.
  • the method further includes: obtaining loads of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay; sending the first mobile relay and the load of the second mobile relay to the core network device 2. Mobile relay load.
  • the method further includes: acquiring the movement trajectories of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay; sending the first mobile relay and the The movement track of the second mobile relay.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by the second access network device, or can also be executed by components (such as chips, chip systems, etc.) configured in the second access network device , or, it may also be realized by a logic module or software capable of realizing all or part of the functions of the second access network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method includes: receiving a request message, the request message carrying the identifier of the second mobile relay, the request message is used to request the frequency point of the second mobile relay, and is used to request the terminal device to access the second A mobile relay, the terminal device is a terminal device that requests access from a first mobile relay within a first time period, the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold, and the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within the first time period; based on the request message, a response message is sent, and the response message includes The frequency point of the second mobile relay.
  • the second access network device can obtain the second The frequency point of the mobile relay provides a basic condition for migrating the terminal device from the first mobile relay connected to the first access network device to the second mobile relay connected to the second access network device.
  • the receiving the request message includes: receiving the request message from a core network device, where the core network device serves the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay The core network device; based on the request message, sending a response message includes: based on the request message, sending a response message to the core network device.
  • the receiving the request message includes: receiving the request message from a first access network device, where the first access network device is a serving first mobile relay The access network device; based on the request message, sending a response message includes: sending a response message to the first access network device based on the request message.
  • the second access network device connected to the second mobile relay can provide the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the core network
  • the device or the first access network device provides basic conditions for migrating the terminal device from the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay.
  • a communication device including a module or unit for implementing the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the fourth aspect and any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect. It should be understood that each module or unit can realize corresponding functions by executing computer programs.
  • the present application provides a communication device, including a processor, the processor is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the fourth aspect and the first aspect to the fourth aspect .
  • the apparatus may also include memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the methods described in the foregoing aspects can be implemented.
  • the device may further include a communication interface, which is used for the device to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module or other types of communication interfaces.
  • the present application provides a system-on-a-chip, which includes at least one processor, configured to support the implementation of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects and any possible implementation manners of the first to fourth aspects.
  • the functions involved for example, receive or process the data and/or information involved in the methods described above.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, the memory is used to store program instructions and data, and the memory is located inside or outside the processor.
  • the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including a computer program, which, when run on a computer, enables the computer to realize any possibility of the first aspect to the fourth aspect and the first aspect to the fourth aspect method in the implementation.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction), when the computer program is executed, the computer executes the first aspect to the The fourth aspect and the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instruction
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device migrating between two mobile relays under the same access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device migrating between two mobile relays under different access network devices provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 9 to 10 are schematic block diagrams of communication devices provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: the fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) mobile communication system or new radio access technology (new radio access technology, NR).
  • 5G mobile communication system may include non-standalone networking (non-standalone, NSA) and/or standalone networking (standalone, SA).
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), inter-machine communication long term evolution technology (long term evolution-machine, LTE-M), device to device (device to device, D2D) network , machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) network, Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) network or other networks.
  • MTC machine type communication
  • LTE-M long term evolution technology
  • D2D device to device
  • machine to machine machine to machine
  • M2M machine to machine
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the IoT network may include, for example, the Internet of Vehicles.
  • the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively referred to as vehicle to other devices (vehicle to X, V2X, X can represent anything), for example, the V2X can include: vehicle to vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V) communication, vehicle and Infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure, V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (vehicle to pedestrian, V2P) or vehicle to network (vehicle to network, V2N) communication, etc.
  • vehicle to vehicle vehicle to vehicle
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • V2I vehicle to infrastructure
  • V2P vehicle to pedestrian
  • V2N vehicle to network
  • Terminal equipment can be called user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device , User Agent, or User Device.
  • user equipment user equipment, UE
  • access terminal subscriber unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device , User Agent, or User Device.
  • a terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to users, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like.
  • some terminals can be: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (pad), computer with wireless transceiver function (such as notebook computer, palmtop computer, etc.), mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self driving (self driving), wireless in remote medical (remote medical) Terminals, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, cellular phones, cordless Telephones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices, or connected Other processing devices to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the 5G network or
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (Internet of things, IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and object interconnection.
  • IoT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, narrow band (NB) technology.
  • NB narrow band
  • terminal equipment can also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations.
  • the main functions include collecting data (partial terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data from network equipment, and sending electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to network equipment. .
  • Access network (AN) equipment The access network can provide network access functions for authorized users in a specific area, and can use transmission tunnels of different qualities according to user levels and business requirements.
  • the access network may be an access network using different access technologies.
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • non-3GPP (non-3GPP) access technologies such as radio access technologies used in 3G, 4G or 5G systems
  • -3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • the 3GPP access technology refers to the access technology that complies with the 3GPP standard specifications.
  • the access network equipment in the 5G system is called a next generation node base station (gNB).
  • the non-3GPP access technology refers to an access technology that does not conform to the 3GPP standard specification, for example, an air interface technology represented by an access point (access point, AP) in wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi).
  • An access network that implements a network access function based on a wireless communication technology may be referred to as a radio access network (radio access network, RAN).
  • the wireless access network can manage wireless resources, provide access services for terminal equipment, and then complete the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal and the core network.
  • Radio access network equipment may include but not limited to: a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller, BSC), a base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved node B, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), AP in Wi-Fi system, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, Transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP) in the 5G (eg, NR) system, the base station in the 5G system
  • Mobile relay refers to a mobile wireless access network device that integrates a wireless access link and a wireless backhaul link, where the wireless access link is the communication between the terminal device and the mobile relay
  • the wireless backhaul link is the communication link between the mobile relay and the wireless access network equipment deployed on the ground without mobility.
  • the wireless backhaul link mainly performs data backhaul.
  • the mobile relay supports interfaces such as Uu, F1, E1, NG, and X2, and includes functions of radio access network equipment and mobile-termination (MT) functionality.
  • the MT function is integrated in the mobile relay, and this functional entity is used for the Uu interface termination point of the backhaul link between the mobile relay and the donor RAN device or other mobile relays. When the mobile relay is activated, the MT function will perform cell selection to access the network.
  • the mobile relay has mobility.
  • a relay integrated with a wireless access link and a wireless backhaul link on the vehicle so that it can move with the movement of the vehicle
  • it is a typical mobile relay, that is, a vehicle-mounted relay ( vehicle mounted relay, VMR).
  • VMR vehicle mounted relay
  • Donor RAN equipment usually refers to the wireless access network equipment deployed on the ground without mobility, provided by the backhaul link between the donor RAN and the mobile relay and the mobile relay Access links provide network access to terminal devices.
  • the host radio access network device may consist of a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and one or more distributed units (distributed unit, DU).
  • CU mainly handles non-real-time wireless high-layer protocol stack functions, such as radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer protocol and packet data convergence layer (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer protocol
  • DU mainly handles physical layer (physical layer, PHY) functions and layer 2 functions with high real-time requirements, such as the PHY protocol.
  • CU and DU can communicate with each other through the F1 interface.
  • This application does not limit the number of mobile relays that can be connected to the donor RAN.
  • the host wireless access network device is referred to as the access network device for short in this application.
  • the access network device in the embodiments of the present application refers to a donor radio access network (donor RAN) device.
  • donor RAN donor radio access network
  • Access and mobility management function network element belongs to the core network part, and is mainly used for terminal registration, mobility management, and tracking area update process in the mobile network.
  • the entry and mobility management network element terminates the non-access stratum (NAS) message, is responsible for registration management, connection management and reachability management, assigns a track area list (TA list) and mobility management etc., and is responsible for forwarding the session management (session management, SM) message to the session management network element.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • TA list track area list
  • SM session management
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture applicable to a communication method in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the system 100 may include a core network 110 , an access network device 120 , a mobile relay 130 and a terminal device 140 .
  • the system 100 may be, for example, a 5G system (5G system, 5GS).
  • the core network 110 may be a 5G core network (5G core, 5GC).
  • the core network 110 may include, but not limited to, an AMF, a session management function (session management function, SMF), a user plane function (user plane function, UPF) and the like.
  • AMF can be used for mobility management and access management.
  • SMF can be used for session management, Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection and management of user plane functions, policy control, or termination points of charging function interfaces, and downlink data notification.
  • UPF can be used for packet routing and forwarding, or quality of service (quality of service, QoS) processing of user plane data, etc.
  • the present application does not limit the specific network elements included in the core network 110 and their functions, quantity and form.
  • the access network device 120 can be connected to the core network 110 and can be used to provide network access functions for authorized terminals within the coverage area, manage wireless resources, and complete the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal device and the core network 110 .
  • the access network device 120 can not only provide wireless access services for terminal devices, but also provide wireless backhaul functions for mobile relays (such as mobile relay 130 shown in FIG. 1 ), so that The mobile relay can access the core network through the access network device 120 .
  • the mobile relay 130 has mobility. For example, it can be deployed in a vehicle. On the one hand, it is connected to the access network device 120 through a wireless backhaul link, and then connected to the core network through the access network device 120; Terminal equipment (including terminal equipment inside or outside the vehicle) provides a wireless access link, so that the terminal equipment can access the network.
  • the terminal device 140 is located outside the vehicle, and can access the mobile relay 130 through the wireless access link provided by the mobile relay 130, and then access the mobile relay 130 through the access network device 120 and the mobile relay 130.
  • the wireless backhaul link is connected to the core network 110 .
  • Fig. 1 is only an example, showing a core network, a radio access network device, a mobile relay and a terminal device, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application.
  • the number of each device can be one or more. There may be one or more access network devices accessing the same core network.
  • the number of mobile relays connected to the same wireless access network device can also be one or more.
  • the number of terminal devices accessing the same mobile relay can also be one or more.
  • the terminal device 140 may access the network by connecting to a mobile relay, or may access the network by accessing a wireless access network device. Furthermore, the terminal device 140 can also be located inside the vehicle.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario applicable to a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile relay 201 and the mobile relay 202 are mounted on different vehicles, the mobile relay 201 has the same moving track as the mounted vehicle, and the mobile relay 202 and the mounted vehicle also have the same moving track .
  • the mobile relay 201 and the mobile relay 202 may be connected to the same donor RAN, or may be connected to different donor RANs, which is not limited in this application.
  • terminal devices may continuously access the network through the mobile relay 201.
  • terminal device 1 to terminal device n (n is positive integer) are all connected to the core network through the mobile relay 201.
  • the load of the mobile relay 201 becomes larger and larger.
  • these terminal devices still access the network through the mobile relay 201 .
  • the mobile relay 201 As the mobile relay 201 moves, it gradually enters the area 2 . If mobile relay 201 is in area 2, there is mobile relay 202 in the nearby area, and the load on mobile relay 202 is low, some terminal devices connected to mobile relay 201 can be migrated to mobile Relay 202 on. For example, for terminal devices that have successfully entered the network (ie, terminal device 1 to terminal device n shown in FIG. 2 ), if these terminal devices initiate an access request again through mobile relay Some of the terminal devices, such as terminal device n and terminal device n ⁇ 1, are migrated to the mobile relay 202 . In this way, the number of terminal devices accessing the mobile relay 201 is reduced to n-2, the load of the mobile relay 201 is reduced, and the load balancing of the mobile relay 201 is realized.
  • terminal devices in area 2 there may be some terminal devices that have not been connected to the mobile relay 201 before, such as terminal devices in area 2, after the mobile relay 201 enters area 2, request Through the mobile relay 201 accessing the network, these terminal devices can also be migrated to the mobile relay 202 .
  • the n terminal devices shown in FIG. 2 are only examples, and should not constitute any limitation.
  • the mobile relay 201 continues to travel, if the mobile relay 201 travels into area 3, the distance between the mobile relay 201 and the mobile relay 202 becomes farther, and the mobile terminal that migrated out needs to be migrated back again. .
  • terminal device n and terminal device n ⁇ 1 are migrated from mobile relay 202 to mobile relay 201 again. It can be understood that, if the mobile relay 201 is still overloaded in the area 3, a new target mobile relay can be found for load balancing.
  • n terminal devices shown in FIG. 2 are only examples, and the number of mobile terminals connected to the mobile relay 201 may also change as time progresses, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is only an example, showing two mobile relays. But this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. More mobile relays may also be included in each area in this scenario. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • migration is only initiated for terminal devices that have successfully joined the network, thereby reducing the load of the mobile relay.
  • migration can also be initiated for a terminal device that has not successfully entered the network, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit whether the terminal device to be migrated has successfully entered the network.
  • FIG. 2 is only an example, and two terminal devices connected to the mobile relay 201 are migrated to the mobile relay 202 . But this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. In this scenario, more or fewer terminal devices can be migrated, and the terminal devices can also be migrated to other mobile relays except the mobile relay 202 . This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the mobile relays 202 available for load balancing of the mobile relays 201 may change over time. For example, mobile relays cannot perceive each other's load conditions, and it is difficult to know each other's movement trajectory in advance. Referring to FIG. 2 , the mobile relay 201 does not perceive the load of the mobile relay 202 , nor can it know whether the distance between the mobile relay 202 and itself is far or short, and the future driving route of the mobile relay 202 . Therefore, how to find another suitable mobile relay for the mobile relay to perform load balancing, and then realize the load balancing among the mobile relays, is an urgent technical problem to be solved.
  • the present application provides a communication method, by using core network equipment or access network equipment to determine mobile relays with heavy loads and mobile relays with small loads, and determine from the mobile relays with small loads
  • the mobile relay with the same moving trajectory as the mobile relay with excessive load in the same time period is selected as the target mobile relay, so as to realize the load balancing among mobile relays.
  • the core network equipment or the access network equipment can control the migration of the terminal equipment from a mobile relay with an excessive load to a mobile relay with a small load, so as to achieve load balancing among mobile relays .
  • FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 show two situations where the embodiment of the present application is applicable, and FIG. 5 shows a method embodiment described from the perspective of AMF control or access network device control.
  • Fig. 6 to Fig. 8 show the communication method provided by the present application implemented in the two situations shown in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 from the perspective of device interaction.
  • 6 and 7 show the communication method of the present application implemented under the control of the AMF
  • FIG. 8 shows the communication method of the present application implemented under the control of the access network device.
  • first”, “second” and various numbers in the embodiments shown below are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, different mobile relays, different access network devices, etc. are distinguished. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the quantity and order of execution, and words such as “first” and “second” do not necessarily limit the difference.
  • “at least one” means one or more, and “multiple” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an “or” relationship, but it does not exclude the situation that the contextual objects are an "and” relationship, and the specific meaning can be understood in conjunction with the context.
  • “At least one of the following” or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one item (unit) of a, b, or c may represent: a, b, c; a and b; a and c; b and c; or a and b and c.
  • a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • the first mobile relay the mobile relay whose load exceeds the first preset threshold, that is, the mobile relay that needs to perform load balancing, may also be called the source mobile relay.
  • the first mobile relay can be used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the second mobile relay a mobile relay whose load is less than a second preset threshold and which has the same movement trajectory as the first mobile relay within a certain period of time. That is, the mobile relay that is the migration target of the terminal device may also be called a target mobile relay.
  • the second mobile relay can be used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  • both the first preset threshold and the second preset threshold are thresholds for judging whether the load of the mobile relay is too high.
  • the first preset threshold and the second preset threshold may be the same or different. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the first access network device the host access network device accessed by the first mobile relay.
  • Second access network device host access network device accessed by the second mobile relay.
  • first access network device and the second access network device may be the same access network device, or may be different access network devices.
  • the following embodiments will be described in combination with different situations.
  • AMF refers to the AMF that serves the MT function of the mobile relay, that is, the AMF registered when the MT of the first mobile relay and the MT of the second mobile relay are connected to the network. It can also be simply described as the AMF registered by the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay when they access the network. In the following, unless otherwise specified, it is assumed that the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are registered in the same AMF.
  • the host wireless access network device is referred to as the access network device for short.
  • a possible situation is that the first access network device and the second access network device are the same access network device.
  • the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to the same access network device. Therefore, the terminal device can migrate between two mobile relays under the same access network device.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device migrating between two mobile relays under the same access network device.
  • Figure 3 shows the AMF, the access network equipment (i.e. donor RAN), the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay, and the terminal equipment located within the service range of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay at the same time .
  • the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to the same access network device.
  • the terminal equipment that initiates access to the first mobile relay can be migrated to the second mobile relay that has a smaller load and has the same movement trajectory as the first mobile relay within a certain period of time. On the second mobile relay.
  • the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices.
  • the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to different access network devices. Therefore, the terminal device can migrate between two mobile relays under different access network devices. As the terminal device migrates between the two mobile relays, the access network device ( It can be understood that the connection between the terminal device and the host access network device through the mobile relay) also changes.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device migrating between two mobile relays under different access network devices.
  • Figure 4 shows the AMF, the first access network equipment (i.e. the first donor RAN), the second access network equipment (i.e. the second donor RAN), the first mobile relay, the second mobile relay, and the Terminal devices within the service range of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay.
  • the first mobile relay is connected to the first access network device
  • the second mobile relay is connected to the second access network device
  • the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices .
  • the terminal equipment that initiates access to the first mobile relay can be migrated to the second mobile relay that has a smaller load and has the same movement trajectory as the first mobile relay within a certain period of time. On the second mobile relay.
  • Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 are only examples, showing two mobile relays and one terminal device. But this should not constitute any limitation to the present application.
  • each access network device can be connected to more than one mobile relay, and the number of terminal devices accessing each mobile relay can also be more than one. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • whether the terminal device to be migrated to the second mobile relay has successfully joined the network is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 are only examples, showing one or two access network devices. However, this should not constitute any limitation to the present application, and the number of access network devices connected to the AMF may be more than one.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application can not only realize the migration of the terminal device between two mobile relays under the same access network device, but also realize the migration of the terminal device between two mobile relays under different access network devices. Migration between relays.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart applicable to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 500 includes step 510 to step 530 .
  • the access network devices in Figure 5 all refer to the donor RAN connected to the mobile relay through a wireless backhaul link.
  • the method 500 may be executed by the AMF or the access network device, or may also be executed by a component (such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, etc.) deployed in the AMF or the access network device, or may also be executed by a device capable of implementing A logical module or software implementation of all or part of the functions of the AMF or access network equipment. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • Step 510 Determine that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold.
  • Step 520 Determine that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and determine the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay within the first time period and the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within the first time period same.
  • the load of the first mobile relay exceeds the first preset threshold, and the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold. It may mean that the load of the first mobile relay is greater than or equal to the first preset threshold, and the load of the second mobile relay is less than the second preset threshold; or, it may also mean that the load of the first mobile relay is greater than the first preset threshold. A preset threshold, the load of the second mobile relay is less than or equal to the second preset threshold.
  • step 510 to step 520 may be performed by the AMF.
  • the AMF can obtain the loads of all mobile relays registered with the AMF. In other words, regardless of whether these mobile relays access the network through the same access network device, the AMF can obtain their loads. Therefore, this implementation is applicable to the situation shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 .
  • steps 510 to 520 may be performed by an access network device, such as a first access network device connected to the first mobile relay. Since the first access network device can obtain the load of the mobile relay connected to itself, this implementation is more suitable for the situation shown in FIG. 3 . Of course, this implementation method can also be applied to the situation shown in Figure 4, except that the first access network device may need to obtain from the core network device or other access network devices other mobile information that is not connected to the first access network device following load.
  • Each mobile relay can periodically report its own load information to the connected access network device.
  • the load information can include resource information already occupied by the current mobile relay, remaining resources (or , unoccupied resources) information or the number of terminal devices accessing the mobile relay, etc.
  • the resource information already occupied on the current mobile relay is specifically represented by percentage, decimal, etc., and is used to represent the resource already occupied on the current mobile relay.
  • the resource information currently occupied by the mobile relay is the current load of the mobile relay. For example, a larger value of the occupied resource information indicates that more resources have been occupied on the mobile relay, indicating a greater load.
  • the load information reported by the mobile relay is: the resource information currently occupied by the mobile relay is 80% or 0.8, then the load can be determined to be 80% or 0.8.
  • Resource information remaining on the current mobile relay can also be used to determine the load.
  • the remaining resource information on the current mobile relay can also be represented by percentage, decimal, etc., which are used to represent the remaining resources on the current mobile relay. The smaller the value of the remaining resource information, the more resources are left on the mobile relay, which means the load is smaller.
  • the current load of the first mobile relay can be determined to be 80% or 0.8.
  • the number of terminal devices accessing the mobile relay can also be used to determine the load, for example, the greater the number of terminal devices, the greater the load.
  • the load information reported by the mobile relay is: the number of terminal devices accessing the mobile relay, and the AMF can obtain the number of terminals allowed to access the mobile relay from the subscription data or from other network elements or local configuration information. maximum value.
  • the AMF judges the load of the mobile relay according to the maximum number of terminals allowed to access the mobile relay and the number of terminals currently accessing the mobile relay. Assuming that the maximum number of terminals allowed to access the mobile relay is 1000 terminals, and the number of terminals currently accessing the mobile relay is 800 terminals, then the AMF can calculate that the load of the mobile relay is 80% or 0.8.
  • the AMF can also send the maximum value of terminal devices allowed to access the mobile relay to the access network device (it can be understood that the access network device is the access network device connected to the mobile relay), and the access network device network equipment to calculate the load of the mobile relay.
  • each mobile relay reports the occupied resource information, the remaining resource information, or the number of terminal devices connected to the mobile relay, it can be converted into load, so as to correspond to the corresponding load threshold to compare.
  • This application does not limit the method used to represent the load information.
  • each mobile relay reports load information to its connected access network equipment. If steps 510 to 520 are performed by the first access network device, the first access network device may directly perform steps 510 and 520 according to the received load information. If steps 510 to 520 are performed by the AMF, the first access network device may forward the load to the AMF, and then the AMF performs steps 510 and 520 according to the received load information.
  • the AMF or the first access network device After the AMF or the first access network device obtains the load information of each mobile relay, it can know the load of each mobile relay, and then determine the first mobile relay with excessive load and the first mobile relay that can be used as the first mobile relay. The second mobile relay of the target mobile relay.
  • the AMF or the first access network device may determine one or more mobile relays with excessive loads according to the received load information, and the one or more mobile relays with excessive loads are the first mobile Example of relay. For each first mobile relay, the AMF or the first access network device may determine for it a second mobile relay for migrating the terminal device. The AMF or the access network device may determine one or more first mobile relays at one time, and then determine a second mobile relay for each first mobile relay; or each time a first mobile relay is determined, for It determines the second mobile relay.
  • This application does not limit the specific implementation process. Without loss of generality, a first mobile relay is taken as an example herein to describe the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • step 510 may be executed first, and then step 520 may be executed, or step 510 and step 520 may be executed at the same time.
  • the first mobile relay may be obtained at the same time and the load of the second mobile relay, after determining that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds the first preset threshold, it is further determined that the load is lower than the preset threshold, and the movement of the first mobile relay within a certain period of time The second mobile relay with the same trajectory.
  • the second mobile relay is a mobile relay whose load is smaller than the second preset threshold and whose movement trajectory is the same as that of the first mobile relay within a certain period of time.
  • the time period is a concept with start and end time points and time length.
  • a continuous time period in which the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay is recorded as the first time period herein.
  • the moving track of the mobile relay may refer to a collection of location points that the mobile relay passes through.
  • the moving track can be understood as the moving path of the mobile relay, which is a vector and has a direction. From the path, it can be seen that all the location points passed by the mobile relay from the beginning to the end of the movement.
  • the movement track may include location information of the mobile relay at multiple time points. According to the chronological order, the location points of the mobile relays at various time points are connected to obtain the moving track of the mobile relay, and the moving track of the mobile relay can be obtained.
  • the same movement trajectory may specifically mean that the movement trajectories of two or more mobile relays are coincident, or nearly coincident.
  • the approximate coincidence may refer to, for example, that the location points of the two or more mobile relays are within a preset distance range.
  • the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay and the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay are the same in the first time period, that is, the position of the first mobile relay at any time point in the first time period is the same as that of the second mobile relay.
  • the distance between the location points of the second mobile relay at the same time point within the first time period is less than or equal to the preset distance range.
  • Step 530 Control the terminal device to access the second mobile relay.
  • step 530 may be performed by the AMF.
  • the AMF executes step 530, it may specifically send the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, so as to control the terminal device to access the second mobile relay through the first access network device.
  • the information about the second mobile relay may be the second mobile relay The identifier (identifier, ID), or the cell information of the second mobile relay.
  • the cell information at least includes: a frequency point or a frequency band.
  • the cell information may be used to redirect the terminal device from the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay. Since the ID of the mobile relay corresponds to the cell information, the first access network device can determine the cell information of the second mobile relay based on the identifier of the second mobile relay from the AMF.
  • the first access network device may further send the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to initiate cell redirection and migrate to the second mobile relay.
  • the cell information can be understood by referring to the above description.
  • the information of the second mobile relay may be cell information of the second mobile relay.
  • the cell information can be used to redirect the terminal device from the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay. Since the access network devices connected to the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are different, in this scenario, the AMF needs to send the cell information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device.
  • step 530 may be performed by the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may send the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to initiate cell redirection and migrate to the second mobile relay.
  • the terminal device may be a terminal device that requests access from the first mobile relay, specifically, it may be a terminal device that has successfully accessed the network from the first mobile relay and needs to initiate the connection again due to location update or business needs.
  • the incoming terminal device may also initially access the first mobile relay terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile relay with excessive load and the mobile relay with small load are determined through the core network equipment or access network equipment, and the mobile relay with excessive load is determined from the mobile relay with small load.
  • the mobile relay with the same moving trajectory in the same period of time is used as the target mobile relay, so as to control the migration of terminal equipment from the mobile relay with heavy load to the mobile relay with light load, and realize the communication between mobile relays. load balancing.
  • the pressure on individual mobile relays with excessive load can be relieved, and part of the pressure can be transferred to mobile relays with smaller loads, which is beneficial to improve the performance of mobile relays and reduce the impact on wired
  • the deployment requirements of the transmission network, especially in areas where it is difficult to deploy a wired transmission network such as indoors, are conducive to improving system throughput.
  • the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is the same as that of the first mobile relay in the first time period, and considering the access to the first mobile Relayed terminal devices usually have the same movement trajectory as the first mobile relay (for example, the first mobile relay and terminal devices are located in the same vehicle entity), therefore, if some terminal devices are migrated from the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay, so that the service connection of the terminal equipment will not be affected by the mobility of the second mobile relay within the first time period, so as to prevent these terminal equipment from frequently Initiating cell reselection can avoid the increase of signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection, reduce the impact on normal communication of terminal equipment, and help ensure the transmission performance of terminal equipment.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic flowchart applicable to a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 600 is applicable to the situation shown in FIG. 3 that the terminal equipment migrates between mobile relays under the same access network equipment.
  • the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to the same access network device, that is, the first access network device.
  • the first access network device connected to the AMF and the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay connected to the first access network device are shown in FIG.
  • the first access network device can also be connected to more mobile relays
  • the AMF can also be connected to more access network devices.
  • the access network devices in Figure 6 all refer to the donor RAN connected to the mobile relay through a wireless backhaul link.
  • step 601 the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay register into the network.
  • Each mobile relay can access the network by initiating a registration process through the access network device.
  • a mobile terminal (mobile termination, MT) function of each mobile relay accesses the network through cell selection.
  • MT mobile termination
  • both the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay can implement network access by sending a registration request message from the access network device.
  • both the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay can send a registration request message to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may select an AMF for the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay, and send the registration request message to the selected AMF .
  • the first access network device can be the MT function of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay.
  • the MT function of the relay selects the same AMF, that is to say, the AMF registered by the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay is usually the same AMF.
  • the AMF can register the MT function of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay respectively through the first access network device.
  • the MT function of the relay sends a registration response message to accept the registration request message of the MT function of the first mobile relay and the registration request message of the MT function of the second mobile relay. In this way, the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay successfully access the network respectively.
  • the AMF may assign a temporary identifier (identifier, ID) to the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay respectively, And record the access network equipment connected to each mobile relay.
  • the AMF may record the context information of the MT function of the first mobile relay, such as the correspondence between the temporary identifier of the MT function of the first mobile relay and the ID of the first access network device, and the The context information of the MT function of the second mobile relay, such as the correspondence between the temporary identifier of the MT function of the second mobile relay and the first access network device.
  • the temporary identity of the MT function of the mobile relay can be a globally unique temporary identity (globally unique temporary identity, GUTI), and the ID of the first access network device can be a global RAN node identity (Global RAN Node ID).
  • GUTI globally unique temporary identity
  • GUTI globally unique temporary identity
  • the ID of the first access network device can be a global RAN node identity (Global RAN Node ID).
  • the first access network device may be the registration request message of the MT function of the first mobile relay respectively.
  • the MT function and the MT function of the second mobile relay are assigned a RAN UE NGAP ID, and the RAN UE NGAP ID is used by the first access network device to respectively identify the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay.
  • NGAP is the next generation application protocol (next generation application protocol).
  • the first access network device locally stores the RAN UE NGAP ID allocated for the MT function of the first mobile relay and the RAN UE NGAP ID allocated for the MT function of the second mobile relay.
  • the first access network device may also send the RAN UE NGAP ID corresponding to the MT function of each mobile relay to the AMF, and the AMF stores the RAN UE NGAP ID in the context of the MT function of each mobile relay.
  • the meaning of registering the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay into the network is the same as the meaning of registering the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay into the network.
  • the meaning of the AMF assigning temporary identities to the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay respectively is the same as the meaning of assigning temporary identities to the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay respectively by the AMF.
  • MT function execution actions of the mobile relay can also be simply understood as the execution actions of the mobile relay.
  • MT function of relay can also be simply replaced with “mobile relay”.
  • the terminal device may also use the above method to register and access the network. That is, the terminal device can connect to the mobile relay it wants to connect to through cell selection, and send a registration request message to the mobile relay, and the mobile relay sends the registration request message to the access network device, and then the The access network device selects an AMF for it, and forwards the registration request message to the selected AMF, so as to realize the network access of the terminal device.
  • AMF can also assign a temporary ID to the terminal requesting registration, and record the ID of the terminal device (such as the temporary ID assigned by AMF), the ID of the connected mobile relay (such as the temporary ID assigned by AMF) and the access Correspondence between IDs of network devices.
  • the process of registering to the network using the above method can be called the initial registration process.
  • the MT function of the terminal device/mobile relay has been successfully registered in the network, due to reasons such as mobility or periodic registration update, the MT function of the terminal device/mobile relay is triggered to initiate a registration request again, then the registration process can be called Registration update process.
  • the registration request message sent by the MT function of the terminal device/mobile relay carries its own permanent identifier, such as an international mobile subscriber identification number (IMSI).
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identification number
  • the registration request messages sent by the MT function of the terminal device/mobile relay all carry their respective temporary IDs, such as the GUTI allocated by the AMF.
  • step 602 the AMF obtains the load of the first mobile relay and the load of the second mobile relay.
  • each mobile relay may report its load information to the AMF at a preset time interval.
  • the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay may report their respective load information to the AMF, so that the AMF may determine the load of the first mobile relay and the load of the second mobile relay.
  • the load can be understood as the currently occupied resources of the mobile relay, and the larger the value, the more resources currently occupied by the mobile relay, which means the greater the load of the mobile relay.
  • step 602 will be described in detail below by taking the first mobile relay as an example.
  • the process for the AMF to obtain the load of the second mobile relay may also be implemented by referring to the following manner.
  • a possible implementation manner is that the MT function of the first mobile relay may carry the load information in the NAS message, and send the NAS message to the AMF through the first access network device.
  • step 602 may specifically include step 602a:
  • the MT function of the first mobile relay sends a NAS message to the AMF via the first access network device, where the NAS message includes load information.
  • the NAS message may be a registration update message.
  • the load information may include resource information already occupied on the current mobile relay, remaining resource information, or the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay.
  • the AMF After receiving the NAS message, the AMF can acquire the load of the first mobile relay based on the load information carried in it.
  • the AMF can acquire the load of the first mobile relay based on the load information carried in it.
  • the NAS message also includes: the ID of the MT function of the first mobile relay.
  • the first access network device and the AMF can know which mobile relay sends the load.
  • the MT function of the first mobile relay can carry the load information in the RRC message and send it to the first access network device, and the first access network device based on the load information in the received RRC message The information determines the load of the first mobile relay, and carries the load of the first mobile relay in the N2 message and sends it to the AMF.
  • step 602 specifically includes step 602b:
  • the MT function of the first mobile relay sends an RRC message to the first access network device, and the RRC message includes load information of the first mobile relay, and the load information may be a load (such as a percentage, a decimal, etc., value) or the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay;
  • the first access network device sends an N2 message to the AMF, where the N2 message carries the load of the first mobile relay or the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay.
  • the first access network device may determine the load of the first mobile relay according to the load information carried in the RRC message. For example, if the first mobile relay reports the load, the AMF can directly obtain the load of the first mobile relay from the NAS message. If the first mobile relay reports the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay, the first access network device can calculate the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay carried in the NAS message by itself. A mobile relay load. Of course, the first access network device may not calculate the load of the first mobile relay, and directly report the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay to the AMF, so that the AMF can calculate the load of the first mobile relay.
  • the first access network device may determine the ID of the first mobile relay that sends the RRC message, generate an N2 message according to the load information in the RRC message and the ID of the mobile relay, and send the N2 message to the AMF.
  • each mobile relay has its own corresponding communication link with the access network device, and when the communication link is established in advance, the mobile relay will exchange information with the access network device, For example, the mobile relay will tell the access network device its own ID. Therefore, even if the RRC message received by the access network device does not carry the identifier of the mobile relay, the access network device can also know which mobile relay reported the load according to the corresponding communication link with the mobile relay. , and then the ID of the mobile relay can be obtained.
  • the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay may also report their respective moving trajectories to the AMF.
  • each mobile relay also reports the movement trajectory while reporting the load information through the above step 602 . That is, the movement track can be carried in a NAS message or an RRC message.
  • the AMF can obtain the moving track in the following way: Taking the moving track of the first mobile relay as an example, the AMF receives the After the registration request message sent by the MT function of the relay, the MT function of the first mobile relay can be located (that is, the AMF triggers the positioning process for the MT function), such as obtaining the MT function of the mobile relay at a preset time interval location information, so that the corresponding movement trajectory can be obtained after a period of continuous positioning.
  • the AMF can locally query the movement trajectory located in advance to obtain the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay.
  • the routes of roads and railways are fixed.
  • the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within a period of time in the future can be predicted based on the current location and its historical movement trajectory.
  • the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within a period of time in the future may be predicted by a network data analysis function (network data analytics function, NWDAF).
  • NWDAF network data analytics function
  • AMF may send the acquired current location information and historical movement trajectory of the first mobile relay to NWDAF, and NWDAF predicts the first mobile relay based on the current location and historical movement trajectory of the first mobile relay.
  • the mobile relays the movement trajectory in a period of time in the future, and sends the predicted movement trajectory to the AMF.
  • the process for the AMF to acquire the movement track of the second mobile relay may also be implemented with reference to the above manner, and details are not described here. It should also be understood that the movement trajectory of the MT function of the first mobile relay is the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay.
  • the AMF positioning the MT function of the first mobile relay may be understood as the AMF positioning the first mobile relay.
  • step 603 the AMF determines that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold.
  • step 604 the AMF determines that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay in the first time period is the same as that of the first mobile relay in the first time period The movement trajectory is the same.
  • step 603 to step 604 is the same as the execution process of the AMF in the foregoing step 501 to step 502, and the specific execution process refers to the foregoing step 501 to step 502, which will not be repeated here.
  • step 605 the AMF sends the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device.
  • the AMF After the AMF determines the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay, it can send the information of the second mobile relay to the access network device.
  • the information of the second mobile relay can be used to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay.
  • the AMF may send an N2 message to the first access network device, where the N2 message carries information about the second mobile relay.
  • the N2 message may be a UE Context Modification Request (UE Context Modification Request) message.
  • the information of the second mobile relay may be the ID of the MT function of the second mobile relay, or the cell information of the second mobile relay.
  • the ID of the MT function of the second mobile relay may be RAN UE NGAP ID, and the ID is allocated by the first access network device for the MT function of the second mobile relay in the process of step 601, for The first access network device identifies the MT function of the second mobile relay.
  • the ID can be used by the first access network device to determine which mobile relay it is.
  • the terminal device needs to perform cell reselection according to the cell information of the second mobile relay, if the AMF sends the ID of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, the first access network device can The cell information of the second mobile relay is searched from the stored correspondence between the mobile relay and the cell information. Further, the AMF may also set a valid time period for controlling the migration of the terminal device to the second mobile relay, for example, record it as the first time period.
  • the method further includes step 606, where the AMF sends the first duration to the first access network device.
  • a possible design is that the first duration is less than or equal to the duration of the first time period. Since the movement trajectories of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are the same in the first time period, if the first duration is controlled within the duration range of the first time period, it can effectively avoid In the case that the mobile relay is far away or the moving trajectory is different, redirecting the terminal device to the second mobile relay may cause frequent cell reselection, transmission performance degradation and other problems.
  • the first access network device may start timing after receiving the first duration. As long as the first access network device receives a request from a terminal device to access the network through the first mobile relay before the first time period expires, the terminal device can access the second mobile relay.
  • the information of the second mobile relay and the first duration may be carried in the same signaling, or may also be carried in different signalings, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first access network device receives an RRC setup request (RRC setup request) message from the terminal device.
  • RRC setup request RRC setup request
  • the terminal device may send an RRC setup request (RRC setup request) message to the first access network device via the first mobile relay. That is to say, the terminal device wishes to access the network through the first mobile relay.
  • RRC setup request RRC setup request
  • the first access network device determines to access the terminal device to the second mobile relay based on the first duration.
  • the first access network device may receive the RRC message from the first mobile relay according to the first duration (that is, the above-mentioned terminal device passes the first The time point of the RRC establishment request message sent by the mobile terminal), and determine whether the time point still falls within the range of the effective time length of the first time length, or in other words, whether the first time length has not expired. If it is not timed out, it may be determined to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay.
  • the first access network device sends an RRC rejection message to the terminal device through the first mobile relay, where the RRC rejection message carries cell information of the second mobile relay.
  • the first access network device receives the RRC establishment request message from the terminal device and determines to redirect the terminal device to the second mobile relay, the first access network device sends an RRC reject (RRC reject )information.
  • the frequency point of the second mobile relay (that is, an example of cell information) may carry, for example, an RRC reject (RRC reject) message sent to the terminal device by the first access network device.
  • RRC reject the redirected carrier information
  • the redirectedCarrierInfo field in the RRC rejection message carries the frequency point of the second mobile relay.
  • the RRC rejection message is used to redirect the terminal device to the cell of the frequency indicated by the redirectedCarrierInfo field, that is, to redirect to the cell where the second mobile relay is located.
  • the first access network device can not only redirect the terminal device in the RRC idle state to the cell of the second mobile relay when it requests to access the network through the first mobile relay, but also redirect it to the cell connected to the second mobile relay.
  • Some terminal devices of a mobile relay redirect the second mobile relay.
  • the first access network device may also determine which The end device is redirected to the target mobile relay.
  • the terminal device in the RRC connected state does not necessarily need to send a message to the first access network device, such as the RRC establishment request message in step 607, it can be redirected to the second mobile relay.
  • the first access network device may send an RRC release (RRC release) message to the terminal device in step 609.
  • the frequency point of the second mobile relay (that is, an example of cell information) may be carried, for example, in the RRC release message sent by the first access network device to the terminal device.
  • the redirectedCarrierInfo field in the RRC release message carries the frequency point of the second mobile relay.
  • the RRC release message is used to redirect the terminal equipment to the cell of the frequency point indicated by the redirectedCarrierInfo field, that is, to redirect the terminal equipment to the cell where the second mobile relay is located.
  • step 610 the terminal device performs cell reselection.
  • the terminal device that has received the cell information of the second mobile relay can perform cell reselection based on the cell information of the second mobile relay, select the cell of the second mobile relay, and realize network access by executing a registration request process.
  • the terminal device can access the network through the second mobile relay, thereby avoiding increasing the load on the first mobile intermediate stage.
  • step 605 to step 610 describes in detail that the AMF controls the terminal device to access the second mobile relay at the granularity of the mobile relay. Regardless of whether the AMF receives the registration request message for the terminal device to access the network through the first mobile relay, it will send the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, and within a subsequent period of time (such as the first duration) , as long as a terminal device wishes to access the network through the first mobile relay, it can be migrated to the second mobile relay. It should be understood that after the first duration expires, the first mobile relay can still provide the relay service between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • a subsequent period of time such as the first duration
  • the AMF can send the information of the second mobile relay to the first mobile relay. access network equipment. Based on this, the first access network device can connect the terminal device that initiates access to the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay.
  • the process takes the mobile relay as the granularity, controls the terminal equipment to access the second mobile relay, and realizes load balancing. But this should not constitute any limitation to the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner.
  • the AMF may temporarily not perform the step of sending the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device in step 605, but after receiving After the registration request from the terminal device in step 607 (it should be understood that the registration request is sent to the AMF by the first access network device and carries the identity of the first mobile relay), it is determined that there is a terminal device requesting from the first mobile relay. Then, the AMF executes step 605 based on the received registration request, and sends the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device (for example, through the N2 message) to send the information of the second mobile relay.
  • step 607 in this process may include: the terminal device sends a registration request message to the first access network device, and the first access network device sends the received registration request message to the AMF, and this step 607 may be in step Execute before 605. Afterwards, the first access network device can determine the information of the second mobile relay according to the received identifier of the second mobile relay, and then directly perform the step of sending the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device in step 609 , to trigger the terminal device to execute step 610 to perform cell reselection.
  • the AMF may temporarily not perform steps 603 to 605, but after receiving the registration request message from the terminal device in step 607 (should It is understood that the registration request message is sent to the AMF by the first access network device, and carries the identifier of the first mobile relay), and it is determined that there is a terminal device requesting to access from the first mobile relay, and then based on the received registration request
  • the message executes steps 603 to 605, and it is determined that the load of the first mobile relay is too large, and the terminal equipment connected to the first mobile relay can be migrated to the second mobile relay, and send the message to the first access network equipment Information of the second mobile relay.
  • step 607 in this process may include: the terminal device sends a registration request message to the first access network device, and the first access network device sends the received registration request message to the AMF, and this step 607 may be performed in step Execute before step 603, step 604 and step 605. Thereafter, the first access network device may determine the information of the second mobile relay according to the received identifier of the second mobile relay, and then directly perform the step of sending the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device in step 609 , to trigger the terminal device to execute step 610 to perform cell reselection.
  • the first access network device determines that there is a terminal device requesting access from the first mobile relay, it sends the registration request message of the terminal device to the AMF Afterwards, the information of the second mobile relay is obtained from the AMF, and the terminal device is connected to the second mobile relay.
  • This process takes the terminal device as the granularity, controls the terminal device to access the second mobile relay, and realizes load balancing. Therefore, the AMF may not need to send the first duration to the first access network device, that is, step 606 may not be executed.
  • FIG. 6 is only an example, and shows a process of controlling the access of the terminal device to the second mobile relay at the granularity of the relay node.
  • the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner and the execution order of each step.
  • the mobile relay with excessive load and the mobile relay with small load are determined through AMF, and the mobile relay with small load is determined to be within the same time period as the mobile relay with excessive load
  • the mobile relay with the same moving trajectory is used as the target mobile relay, so as to control the migration of the terminal equipment from the mobile relay with heavy load to the mobile relay with light load, and realize the load balancing among the mobile relays.
  • the core network device determines the target mobile relay for the first mobile relay according to the movement track of each mobile relay.
  • the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is the same as that of the first mobile relay within a period of time (such as the first time period)
  • a period of time such as the first time period
  • Initiating cell reselection frequently can avoid the increase of signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection, reduce the impact on normal communication of terminal equipment, and help ensure the transmission performance of terminal equipment.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic flowchart applicable to a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 700 is applicable to the situation shown in FIG. 4 where the terminal device migrates between mobile relays under different access network devices.
  • the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are respectively connected to different access network devices
  • the first mobile relay is connected to the first access network device
  • the second mobile relay is connected to the second access network device. network access equipment.
  • first access network device and the second access network device connected to the same AMF and the first mobile relay connected to the first access network device are shown in FIG. 7 and the second mobile relay connected to the second access network device, as well as the first access network device and the second access network device.
  • first access network device and the second access network device can also be connected to more mobile relays, and the AMF can also be connected to more access network devices.
  • step 701 the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay register into the network.
  • step 701 The execution process of step 701 is the same as that of step 601, and the specific execution process may refer to the foregoing description of step 601.
  • step 701 the difference between step 701 and step 601 is that: in step 701, the first mobile relay initiates a registration request to the first access network device, and the second mobile relay initiates a registration request to the second access network device. In step 601, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay initiate a registration request to the same access network device.
  • step 702 the AMF obtains the load of the first mobile relay and the load of the second mobile relay.
  • step 702 is the same as that of the aforementioned step 602.
  • step 702 The specific implementation manner of step 702 is the same as that of the aforementioned step 602.
  • step 702 The specific implementation manner of step 702 is the same as that of the aforementioned step 602.
  • the MT function of the first mobile relay may carry the load information in the NAS message, and send the NAS message to the AMF through the first access network device.
  • step 702 may specifically include step 702a:
  • the MT function of the first mobile relay sends a NAS message to the AMF via the first access network device.
  • the NAS message includes load information, and the load information may include resource information already occupied on the current mobile relay, remaining resource information or access The number of terminal devices entering the first mobile relay.
  • the MT function of the first mobile relay can carry the load information in the RRC message and send it to the first access network device, and the first access network device based on the load information in the received RRC message The information determines the load of the first mobile relay, and carries the load of the first mobile relay in the N2 message and sends it to the AMF.
  • step 702 may specifically include step 702b:
  • the MT function of the first mobile relay sends an RRC message to the first access network device.
  • the RRC message includes load information, and the load information may include resource information already occupied on the current mobile relay, remaining resource information, or access
  • the number of terminal devices of a mobile relay the load information can be used by the first access network device to determine the load of the first mobile relay;
  • the first access network device sends an N2 message to the AMF, where the N2 message carries the load of the first mobile relay or the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay.
  • step 702a or step 702b only the second mobile relay needs to report the load information to The second access network device reports the load, and then the second access network device reports the load to the AMF.
  • step 703 the AMF determines that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold.
  • step 704 the AMF determines that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay in the first time period is the same as that of the first mobile relay in the first time period The movement trajectory is the same.
  • step 703 to step 704 is the same as that of step 603 to step 604, and for details, reference may be made to the foregoing description of step 603 to step 604.
  • step 705 the AMF sends the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device.
  • the AMF or the first access network device Since the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to different access network devices, to control terminal devices to access the second mobile relay, the AMF or the first access network device also needs to obtain the second mobile relay cell information, so that the terminal device can perform cell reselection.
  • the AMF may obtain the cell information of the second mobile relay from the second access network device, and then send the cell information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device. That is, the information of the second mobile relay is cell information of the second mobile relay.
  • 705a in Fig. 7 shows each step in this implementation manner:
  • the AMF sends the ID of the second mobile relay to the second access network device
  • the second access network device sends the cell information of the second mobile relay to the AMF based on the ID of the second mobile relay;
  • the AMF sends the cell information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device.
  • the AMF can save the corresponding relationship between the second mobile relay and the second access network device, for example, record the second mobile relay
  • the correspondence between the temporary ID of the MT function (as mentioned above, the temporary ID may be allocated by the AMF when the second mobile relay enters the network) and the ID of the second access network device.
  • the AMF may first send a request message to the second access network device according to the corresponding relationship, so as to request the cell of the second mobile relay information.
  • the request message may include: the ID of the second mobile relay, and the request message is used for requesting to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay, and for requesting to obtain cell information of the second mobile relay.
  • the second access network device can determine the cell information of the second mobile relay according to the ID of the second mobile relay if it agrees to the terminal device's access, and send a response message to the AMF.
  • the response message includes: cell information of the second mobile relay.
  • the AMF can send the cell information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device corresponding to the first mobile relay according to the corresponding relationship between the first mobile relay and the first access network device. information.
  • the AMF may further determine a valid time period for controlling the migration of the terminal device to the second mobile relay, that is, the first time period, and send the first time period to the first access network device.
  • the first duration may be less than or equal to the duration of the first time period.
  • the cell information of the second mobile relay and the first duration may be carried in one N2 message, or may be carried in different N2 messages. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the corresponding relationship between the first mobile relay and the first access network device is similar to the corresponding relationship between the second mobile relay and the second access network device in the example above, and may be the MT function of the first mobile relay What is saved when the first access network device accesses the network, for example, may be the correspondence between the temporary ID of the MT function of the first mobile relay and the ID of the second access network device.
  • the AMF may send the ID of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, and the first access network device may obtain the second mobile relay ID from the second access network device through the Xn interface. Relay cell information.
  • Fig. 7 shows each step in this implementation manner:
  • the AMF sends the ID of the second mobile relay and the ID of the second access network device to the first access network device;
  • the first access network device sends a request message to the second access network device, where the request message is used to obtain cell information of the second mobile relay;
  • the second access network device sends the cell information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device.
  • the AMF may first send an N2 message to the first access network device.
  • the N2 message includes: the identifier of the second mobile relay and the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the identifier of the second mobile relay is used to indicate The terminal device is connected to the second mobile relay, and the identifier of the second access network device is used to indicate that the second mobile relay is connected to the second access network device.
  • the N2 message further includes a first duration, so that the first access network device controls the terminal device to control the terminal device to migrate to the second mobile relay within a reasonable time range.
  • the cell information of the second mobile relay and the first duration may be carried in one N2 message, or may be carried in different N2 messages. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the first access network device may send a request message to the second access network device through the Xn interface according to the identifier of the second access network device, where the request message includes the identifier of the second mobile relay, so as to obtain the second mobile relay Relay cell information.
  • the second access network device After receiving the request message, the second access network device determines the cell information of the second mobile relay according to the identity of the second mobile relay, and sends a response message to the first access network device through the Xn interface, and the response message includes : Cell information of the second mobile relay.
  • the request message sent to the second access network device in the above two implementation manners may also carry a request reason, and the request reason may be used to indicate that the load of the first mobile relay is too large.
  • the first access network device receives an RRC establishment request message from a terminal device in an RRC idle state.
  • the first access network device determines to access the terminal device to the second mobile relay based on the first duration.
  • the first access network device may determine whether the first moment falls according to the time point (for example, recorded as the first moment) and the first duration of receiving the RRC establishment request message from the terminal device in the RRC idle state. Within the range of the effective duration of the first duration, or in other words, whether the first duration has not timed out. If it does not time out, it is determined to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay.
  • step 708 the first access network device sends an RRC rejection message to the terminal device through the first mobile relay, where the RRC rejection message carries cell information of the second mobile relay.
  • step 709 the terminal device performs cell reselection, selects a cell to the second mobile relay, and executes a registration request process.
  • steps 706 to 709 are the same as those of the aforementioned steps 607 to 610 , for details, reference may be made to the aforementioned descriptions of the aforementioned steps 607 to 610 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the foregoing method is not limited to controlling a terminal device in an RRC idle state to access the second mobile relay.
  • the first access network device may also redirect some terminal devices connected to the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay.
  • the RRC reject message in step 708 may be replaced by an RRC release message.
  • the AMF can send the information of the second mobile relay to the first mobile relay.
  • An access network device or a second access network device After the first access network device acquires the identity of the second mobile relay, it can connect the terminal device that initiates access to the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay.
  • the step of determining the second mobile relay by the first access network device does not need to be triggered by the access of the terminal device. Taking the mobile relay as the granularity, the terminal device is controlled to access the second mobile relay to realize load balanced. But this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner.
  • step 706 in this process may include: the terminal device sends a registration request message to the first access network device, and the first access network device sends the received registration request message to the AMF, and this step 706 may be in step Execute before 705.
  • the first access network device can determine the information of the second mobile relay according to the received identifier of the second mobile relay, and then directly perform the step of sending the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device in step 708 , to trigger the terminal device to execute step 709 to perform cell reselection.
  • the AMF may temporarily not perform steps 603 to 605, but after receiving the registration request message from the terminal device in step 706 (should It is understood that the registration request message is sent to the AMF by the first access network device, and carries the identifier of the first mobile relay), and it is determined that there is a terminal device requesting to access from the first mobile relay, and then register based on the received request Request execution of steps 703 to 705, determine that the load of the first mobile relay is too large, and the terminal equipment connected to the first mobile relay can be migrated to the second mobile relay, and send the first access network device 2.
  • Mobile relay information is sent to the AMF by the first access network device, and carries the identifier of the first mobile relay
  • step 706 in this process may include: the terminal device sends a registration request message to the first access network device, and the first access network device sends the received registration request message to the AMF, and this step 706 may be in step Execute before step 703, step 704 and step 705. Thereafter, the first access network device can determine the information of the second mobile relay according to the received identifier of the second mobile relay, and then directly perform the step of sending the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device in step 708 , to trigger the terminal device to execute step 709 to perform cell reselection.
  • the first access network device determines that there is a terminal device requesting access from the first mobile relay, it sends the registration request message of the terminal device to the AMF After that, the information of the second mobile relay is obtained, and the terminal device is connected to the second mobile relay.
  • This process takes the terminal device as the granularity, controls the terminal device to access the second mobile relay, and realizes load balancing.
  • FIG. 7 is only an example, and shows a process of controlling a terminal device's access to the second mobile relay at the granularity of a relay node.
  • the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner and the execution order of each step.
  • the mobile relay with excessive load and the mobile relay with small load are determined through AMF, and the mobile relay with small load is determined to be within the same time period as the mobile relay with excessive load
  • the mobile relay with the same moving trajectory is used as the target mobile relay, so as to control the migration of the terminal equipment from the mobile relay with heavy load to the mobile relay with light load, and realize the load balancing among the mobile relays.
  • the core network equipment determines the target mobile relay for the first mobile relay according to the movement track of each mobile relay.
  • the moving trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is the same as that of the first mobile relay within a period of time (such as the first time period)
  • a period of time such as the first time period
  • Initiating cell reselection frequently can avoid the increase of signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection, reduce the impact on normal communication of terminal equipment, and help ensure the transmission performance of terminal equipment.
  • the communication method implemented under the control of the AMF is described above with reference to FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 .
  • the communication method implemented under the control of the access network device will be described below with reference to FIG. 8 .
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic flowchart applicable to a communication method provided by still another embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 800 is applicable to the situation shown in Figure 3 that the terminal equipment migrates between mobile relays under the same access network equipment.
  • the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to the same access network device, that is, the first access network device.
  • first access network device connected to the AMF, and the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay connected to the first access network device are shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the first access network device can also be connected to more mobile relays, and the AMF can also be connected to more access network devices.
  • step 801 the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay register into the network.
  • Each mobile relay including the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay, can initiate a registration process through the access network device to achieve network access.
  • step 801 is the same as that of step 601 in method 600, and for details, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in step 601 above, and details are not repeated here.
  • step 802 the first access network device obtains the load of the first mobile relay and the load of the second mobile relay.
  • each mobile relay connected to the first access network device can report its own load to the first access network device at a preset time interval information.
  • the load information may include resource information already occupied on the current mobile relay, remaining resource information, or the number of terminal devices accessing each mobile relay.
  • the MT function of each mobile relay can carry the load information in the RRC message and send it to the first access network device, and the first access network device determines the load information of each mobile relay based on the load information in the received RRC message. Relay load.
  • the DU function of each mobile relay can carry the load information in the F1 setup request (F1setup request) message and send it to the first access network device, and the first access network device establishes the The load information in the request message determines the load of each mobile relay.
  • the movement trajectory of the mobile relays carried on them is known and can be pre-configured on the mobile relays mounted on the vehicles. Therefore, in step 802, the MT function of each mobile relay may also carry the moving track information in the RRC message and send it to the first access network device, or the DU function of each mobile relay may carry the moving track information in the The F1 establishment request message is sent to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device determines the target mobile relay (that is, the second mobile relay) for the first mobile relay, it needs to determine the second mobile relay in combination with the movement track of the first mobile relay. If in step 802 each mobile relay voluntarily reports the movement track, then the access network equipment can directly determine the second mobile relay according to the load and movement track of each mobile relay; if in step 802 the mobile relay does not actively report the movement trajectory, the method further includes step 803: acquiring the movement trajectory of each mobile relay.
  • step 803 may specifically include:
  • the first access network device sends a track acquisition request to the AMF, and the track acquisition request carries the ID of each mobile relay;
  • the access network equipment receives the movement track of each mobile relay.
  • the first access network device may request from the AMF to obtain the movement traces of the mobile relays connected to it, so as to find the second mobile relay that is the same as the movement trace of the first mobile relay within a certain period of time. relay.
  • the specific method for the AMF to obtain the movement track of each mobile relay is described in detail in the method 600 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • step 804 the first access network device determines that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold.
  • step 805 the first access network device determines that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and the movement track of the second mobile relay in the first time period is the same as that of the first mobile relay in the first time period.
  • the movement trajectory within a period of time is the same.
  • step 804 to step 805 is the same as that of step 510 to step 520 in method 500 , for details, reference may be made to the relevant description of step 510 to step 520 above, and details will not be repeated here.
  • an effective duration such as the first duration, may be set for it.
  • an effective duration such as the first duration
  • step 806 the first access network device receives an RRC establishment request message from a terminal device in an RRC idle state.
  • the terminal device For a terminal device in the RRC idle state, the terminal device sends an RRC establishment request message to the first access network device via the first mobile relay. That is to say, the terminal device wishes to access the network through the first mobile relay.
  • the method may further include step 807, where the first access network device determines to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay based on the first duration.
  • the first access network device may, according to the first duration and the time point when receiving the RRC message from the first mobile relay, It is determined whether the time point is still within the range of the effective duration of the first duration, or in other words, whether the first duration has not expired. If it is not timed out, it may be determined to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay.
  • step 808 the first access network device sends an RRC rejection message to the terminal device through the first mobile relay, where the RRC rejection message carries cell information of the second mobile relay.
  • step 809 the terminal device performs cell reselection, selects a cell to the second mobile relay, and executes a registration request procedure.
  • step 806 to step 809 is the same as the execution process of step 607 to step 610 in the method 600, and reference may be made to the relevant description of step 609 to step 610 above, and details are not repeated here.
  • the foregoing method is not limited to controlling a terminal device in an RRC idle state to access the second mobile relay.
  • the first access network device may also redirect some terminal devices connected to the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay.
  • the RRC reject message in step 808 may be replaced by an RRC release message.
  • the first access network device can determine the second mobile relay. Based on this, the first access network device can connect the terminal device that initiates access to the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay. In this process, the step of determining the second mobile relay by the first access network device does not need to be triggered by the access of the terminal device. Taking the mobile relay as the granularity, the terminal device is controlled to access the second mobile relay to realize load balanced. But this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner.
  • the first access network device may temporarily not perform step 804 and step 805 after receiving the load of each mobile relay, but receives the load from the RRC idle state in step 806.
  • step 804 and step 805 are executed based on the received RRC establishment request message, and it is determined that the load of the first mobile relay is too large , and the terminal device accessing the first mobile relay can be migrated to the second mobile relay, and the information of the second mobile relay can be sent to the first access network device.
  • step 806 may be performed before step 804 and step 805 .
  • the first access network device may execute step 808 to send the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to execute step 709 to perform cell reselection.
  • the first access network device determines the second mobile relay after determining that there is a terminal device requesting access from the first mobile relay, and sends the terminal device The device accesses the second mobile relay.
  • This process takes the terminal device as the granularity, controls the terminal device to access the second mobile relay, and realizes load balancing. Therefore, the first access network device may not determine whether to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay based on the first duration, that is, step 807 may not be performed.
  • FIG. 8 is only an example, and shows a process of controlling a terminal device's access to the second mobile relay at the granularity of the mobile relay.
  • the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner and the execution order of each step.
  • the mobile relay with excessive load and the mobile relay with small load are determined by the access network equipment, and the mobile relay with small load is determined to be in the same
  • the mobile relays with the same moving trajectory in the time period are used as the target mobile relays, so as to control the migration of terminal equipment from the mobile relays with heavy load to the mobile relays with small loads, and realize the load balancing among mobile relays.
  • the first access network device determines the target mobile relay for the first mobile relay according to the movement track of each mobile relay.
  • the moving trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is the same as that of the first mobile relay within a period of time (such as the first time period)
  • a period of time such as the first time period
  • Initiating cell reselection frequently can avoid the increase of signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection, reduce the impact on normal communication of terminal equipment, and help ensure the transmission performance of terminal equipment.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 900 includes a processing unit 910 and a transceiver unit 920 .
  • the communication device 900 may correspond to the AMF (an example of a core network device) in the method embodiment, for example, the communication device 900 may be an AMF, or may also be a component configured in the AMF (such as a circuit, chip, system-on-a-chip, etc.), or it may also be a logic module or software capable of realizing all or part of the AMF functions.
  • AMF an example of a core network device
  • the communication device 900 may be an AMF, or may also be a component configured in the AMF (such as a circuit, chip, system-on-a-chip, etc.), or it may also be a logic module or software capable of realizing all or part of the AMF functions.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the communication device 900 may be used to perform the steps performed above in conjunction with the AMF in the methods 500 to 800 shown in FIGS.
  • each unit and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions in the communication device 900 are respectively intended to implement the corresponding processes in the methods 500 to 800 shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 .
  • the transceiver unit 920 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 1020 in the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the processing unit 910 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 1010 in the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the communication device 900 may correspond to the first access network device in the method embodiment, for example, the communication device 900 may be the first access network device, or may also be a device configured on the first access network A component in the device (such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, etc.), or it may also be a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the AMF functions.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the communication device 900 may be used to perform the steps performed above in conjunction with the first access network device in the methods 500 to 800 shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 .
  • the communications apparatus 900 may include a unit for executing the method performed by the first access network device in the methods 500 to 800 shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 above.
  • each unit and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions in the communication device 900 are respectively intended to implement the corresponding processes in the methods 500 to 800 shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 .
  • the transceiver unit 920 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 1020 in the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 11 shows a remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU) 2100 in the base station 2000.
  • the processing unit 910 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 1010 in the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 or the processing unit 2200 in the base station 2000 shown in FIG. 11 or Processor 2202.
  • the communication device 900 may correspond to the second access network device in the method embodiment, for example, the communication device 900 may be the second access network device, or may also be a device configured on the second access network A component in the device (such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, etc.), or it may also be a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the AMF functions.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the communication device 900 may be used to perform the steps performed above in conjunction with the second access network device in the method 700 shown in FIG. 7 , and the communication device 900 may include A unit for executing the method performed by the second access network device in the method 700 shown in FIG. 7 above. Moreover, each unit in the communication device 900 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement a corresponding process in the method 700 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the transceiver unit 920 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 1020 in the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. RRU 2100 in base station 2000 shown in 11.
  • the processing unit 910 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 1010 in the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 or the processing unit 2200 in the base station 2000 shown in FIG. 11 or Processor 2202.
  • the transceiver unit 920 in the communication device 900 can use an input/output interface, a circuit etc.
  • the processing unit 910 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by a processor, a microprocessor, or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip or system-on-a-chip.
  • Fig. 10 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1000 may include at least one processor 1010 .
  • the at least one processor 1010 may be used to implement the functions of the AMF (an example of a core network device) or access network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 1010 can be used to determine that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds the first preset threshold; determine that the load of the second mobile relay The load is lower than the second preset threshold, and it is determined that the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay in the first time period is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay in the first time period; and used to control the communication interface 1030 Send the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device; where the information of the second mobile relay is used to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay, and the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay The second mobile relay is in a moving state, and the first mobile relay is used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the processor 1010 can be used to determine that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds the first preset threshold; The load of the relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and it is determined that the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay in the first time period is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay in the first time period; The first moment in the first time period requests access from the first mobile relay; and is used to control the communication interface 1030 to send the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the terminal device, and the frequency point of the second mobile relay is used by the terminal The device accesses the second mobile relay.
  • the apparatus 1000 is used to realize the function of the first access network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1000 may also include at least one memory 1020 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the memory 1020 is coupled to the processor 1010 .
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or a communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • Processor 1010 may cooperate with memory 1020 .
  • Processor 1010 may execute program instructions stored in memory 1020 . At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the apparatus 1000 may also include a communication interface 1030 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the apparatus 1000 can communicate with other devices.
  • the other device may be the first access network device, the second access network device, etc.; the apparatus 1000 is used to realize When the function of the access network device is used in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the other device may be a terminal device, an AMF, and the like.
  • the communication interface 1030 may be, for example, a transceiver, an interface, a bus, a circuit, or a device capable of realizing a sending and receiving function.
  • the processor 1010 can use the communication interface 1030 to send and receive data and/or information, and be used to implement the method executed by the AMF or the access network device in the embodiments corresponding to FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 .
  • a specific connection medium among the processor 1010, the memory 1020, and the communication interface 1030 is not limited.
  • the processor 1010 , the memory 1020 and the communication interface 1030 are connected through a bus 1040 .
  • the bus 1040 is represented by a thick line in FIG. 10 , and the connection manner between other components is only for schematic illustration and is not limited thereto.
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 10 , but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device may be, for example, a base station.
  • the base station 2000 can be applied in the scenario shown in Figure 1 to perform the functions of the first access network device or the second access network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the base station 2000 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 2010 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as a distributed unit (DU)) 2020 .
  • the RRU 2010 may be called a transceiver unit, and may correspond to the transceiver unit 920 in FIG. 9 or the communication interface 1030 in FIG. 10 .
  • the RRU 2100 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 2101 and a radio frequency unit 2102.
  • the RRU 2100 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit, the receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or called receiver, receiving circuit), and the sending unit may correspond to a transmitter (or called transmitter, sending circuit).
  • the RRU 2100 part is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for executing the operation process of the first access network device or the second access network device, for example, for executing the first access network device
  • the network access device sends an RRC rejection message, an RRC release message, and other operation procedures to the terminal device.
  • the BBU 2200 part is mainly used for baseband processing, controlling the base station, and the like.
  • the RRU 2100 and the BBU 2200 may be physically set together, or physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 2200 is the control center of the base station, and can also be called a processing unit, which can correspond to the processing unit 910 in FIG. 9 or the processor 1010 in FIG. 10, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding and multiplexing , modulation, spread spectrum, etc.
  • the BBU processing unit
  • the BBU can be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedures related to the first access network device or the second access network device in the above method embodiments, for example, to execute the first access network device to determine the second Whether the duration is timed out, and whether to connect the terminal device to the first mobile relay and other operation procedures.
  • the BBU 2200 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as an LTE network) of a single access standard, or may separately support wireless access networks of different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks).
  • the BBU 2200 also includes a memory 2201 and a processor 2202.
  • the memory 2201 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the processor 2202 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation process related to the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the memory 2201 and the processor 2202 may serve one or more boards. That is to say, memory and processors can be set independently on each single board. It may also be that multiple single boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can also be set on each single board.
  • the base station 2000 shown in FIG. 11 can implement various processes involving the first access network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 .
  • the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the base station 2000 are respectively for implementing the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the above-mentioned BBU 2200 can be used to execute the actions internally implemented by the first access network device described in the previous method embodiments, and the RRU 2100 can be used to perform the sending of the first access network device to the terminal device described in the previous method embodiments. Or an action received from an end device.
  • the RRU 2100 can be used to perform the sending of the first access network device to the terminal device described in the previous method embodiments. Or an action received from an end device.
  • the base station 2000 shown in FIG. 11 can implement various processes of the second access network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the base station 2000 are respectively for implementing the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the above-mentioned BBU 2200 can be used to execute the actions internally implemented by the second access network device described in the previous method embodiments, and the RRU 2100 can be used to perform the sending of the second access network device to the AMF or the second access network device described in the previous method embodiments.
  • An action that an access network device sends or receives from the AMF or the first access network device please refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
  • the base station 2000 shown in FIG. 11 is only a possible form of an access network device, and should not constitute any limitation to this application.
  • the method provided in this application can be applied to other forms of access network equipment.
  • AAU may also include CU and/or DU, or include BBU and adaptive radio unit (adaptive radio unit, ARU), or BBU; may also be customer premises equipment (CPE), may also be
  • CPE customer premises equipment
  • CU and/or DU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments implemented by the access network device
  • AAU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments from the access network device to the terminal device. Action received from end device.
  • the processor in this application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other possible Program logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • Program logic devices discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), when the computer program is executed, the computer executes the program in the embodiment shown in Fig. 5 to Fig. 8
  • a computer program also called code, or instruction
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program (also called code, or instruction) is stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • a computer program also called code, or instruction
  • the computer executes the method executed by the AMF in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 or FIG. 8 or the method executed by the first access network device, or the computer executes the second interface in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 The method executed by the network-connected device.
  • unit may be used to denote a computer-related entity, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
  • the unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and the component shown as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • each functional unit may be fully or partially implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product comprises one or more computer instructions (programs). When the computer program instructions (program) are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center by wire (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium, (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)) wait.
  • a magnetic medium for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium for example, a digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)
  • a semiconductor medium for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)
  • the function is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: various media capable of storing program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a communication method and a communication apparatus. The method comprises: a core network device or an access network device determining that a load of a first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold, and determining that a load of a second mobile relay is lower than a second preset threshold, and determining that a moving trajectory of the second mobile relay within a first time period is the same as a moving trajectory of the first mobile relay within the first time period; and controlling a terminal device to migrate from the first mobile relay having a larger load to the second mobile relay having a smaller load, so as to realize load balancing between the mobile relays. Load balancing is realized between mobile relays, such that the pressure on an individual mobile relay having an excessively large load can be relieved, and part of the pressure is transferred to a mobile relay having a smaller load, thereby facilitating an improvement in the performance of the mobile relays, and facilitating an improvement in the system throughput; and a terminal device can be prevented from frequently initiating cell reselection due to a change in the positions of the mobile relays, thereby reducing the impact on normal communication of the terminal device.

Description

通信方法和通信装置Communication method and communication device
本申请要求于2021年10月28日递交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202111267070.X、申请名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to a Chinese patent application with application number 202111267070.X and application title "Communication Method and Communication Device" filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on October 28, 2021, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference Applying.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及通信方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the communication field, in particular to a communication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术的发展,移动中继得以广泛应用。移动中继为具有移动性的无线接入网设备,集成了无线接入链路和无线回传链路,其中,无线接入链路为终端设备与移动中继之间的通信链路,无线回传链路为移动中继和部署在地面上没有移动性的无线接入网设备之间的通信链路,无线回传链路主要进行数据回传。由于移动中继不需要有线传输网络进行数据回传,对于室外等不易部署有线传输网络的场景下,移动中继有利于降低对有线传输网络的部署要求。例如,移动中继可以是搭载在车辆上的车载中继(vehicle mounted relay,VMR)。移动中继的应用使得位于车辆内部或者车辆周围的终端设备可以通过连接移动中继来实现入网。With the development of communication technology, mobile relay is widely used. The mobile relay is a wireless access network device with mobility, which integrates the wireless access link and the wireless backhaul link. The wireless access link is the communication link between the terminal device and the mobile relay, and the wireless The backhaul link is the communication link between the mobile relay and the wireless access network equipment deployed on the ground without mobility, and the wireless backhaul link is mainly for data backhaul. Since the mobile relay does not require a wired transmission network for data backhaul, the mobile relay helps reduce the deployment requirements for the wired transmission network in outdoor scenarios where it is difficult to deploy a wired transmission network. For example, the mobile relay may be a vehicle mounted relay (VMR) mounted on a vehicle. The application of the mobile relay enables the terminal equipment located inside or around the vehicle to connect to the mobile relay to achieve network access.
目前,随着连接至移动中继的终端设备的数量越来越多,移动中继的负载也越来越大。在某一移动中继的负载过大时,就需要将该移动中继上的终端设备迁移到另一个移动中继上,以实现移动中继的负载均衡。然而,如何实现移动中继的负载均衡,成为一项亟待解决的技术问题。Currently, as the number of terminal devices connected to the mobile relay increases, the load on the mobile relay also increases. When the load of a certain mobile relay is too large, it is necessary to migrate the terminal equipment on the mobile relay to another mobile relay, so as to realize the load balance of the mobile relay. However, how to realize load balancing of mobile relays has become an urgent technical problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种通信方法和通信装置,以期实现移动中继的负载均衡。The present application provides a communication method and a communication device in order to realize load balancing of mobile relays.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由核心网设备执行,或者,也可以由配置在核心网设备中的部件(如芯片、芯片系统等)执行,或者,还可以由能够实现全部或部分核心网设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现,本申请对此不作限定。In the first aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which can be performed by core network equipment, or can also be performed by components (such as chips, chip systems, etc.) configured in the core network equipment, or can also be performed by A logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the core network equipment is not limited in this application.
示例性地,该方法包括:确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限;确定第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,且确定该第二移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与该第一移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同;向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息,该第二移动中继的信息用于将终端设备接入第二移动中继,第一移动中继和第二移动中继处于移动的状态,且该第一移动中继用于在终端设备和第一接入网设备之间提供中继服务。Exemplarily, the method includes: determining that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold; determining that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and determining that the second mobile relay is at the first The movement trajectory within the time period is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within the first time period; and the information of the second mobile relay is sent to the first access network device, and the information of the second mobile relay is used for The terminal device is connected to the second mobile relay, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are in a moving state, and the first mobile relay is used to provide a medium between the terminal device and the first access network device Follow up service.
应理解,移动中继的移动轨迹可以是指移动中继移动经过的位置点的集合。移动轨迹相同具体可以是指两个或更多个移动中继的移动轨迹重合,或近似重合。所述近 似重合例如可以是指该两个或更多个移动中继(如,第一移动中继和第二移动中继)的位置点在预设的距离范围内。It should be understood that the movement track of the mobile relay may refer to a collection of location points that the mobile relay passes through. The same movement trajectory may specifically mean that the movement trajectories of two or more mobile relays are coincident, or nearly coincident. The approximate coincidence may refer to, for example, that the positions of the two or more mobile relays (such as the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay) are within a preset distance range.
基于上述技术内容,通过核心网设备确定出负载过大的移动中继和负载较小的移动中继,并且,从负载较小的移动中继中确定出与负载过大的移动中继在同一时间段内移动轨迹相同的移动中继,作为目标移动中继。进而,向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息,以用于将终端设备从负载过大的移动中继迁移至负载较小的目标移动中继,从而实现移动中继之间的负载均衡。通过在移动中继之间实现负载均衡,可以缓解个别负载过大的移动中继的压力,将一部分压力转移到负载较小的移动中继,有利于提高移动中继的性能,降低了对有线传输网络的部署要求,特别是在室内等不易部署有线传输网络的区域,有利于提高系统吞吐。此外,考虑到移动中继的高移动性,核心网设备根据各移动中继的移动轨迹为第一移动中继确定目标移动中继。由于被选作目标移动中继的第二移动中继的移动轨迹在一段时间内(如上述第一时间段内)与第一移动中继相同,而且考虑到接入第一移动中继的终端设备通常具有与第一移动中继相同的移动轨迹(例如,第一移动中继和终端设备位于相同的车辆实体内部),因此,若将部分终端设备从第一移动中继迁移至第二移动中继,可以使得终端设备的业务连接在第一时间段内不受第二移动中继的移动性的影响,避免这部分终端设备因第二移动中继的位置变化而频繁地发起小区重选,从而可以避免因小区重选带来的信令开销和功耗的增加,减小对终端设备的正常通信的影响,有利于保障终端设备的传输性能。Based on the above technical content, the core network equipment determines the mobile relay with excessive load and the mobile relay with small load, and determines from the mobile relay with small load that it is in the same location as the mobile relay with excessive load The mobile relay with the same movement track within the time period is used as the target mobile relay. Furthermore, the information of the second mobile relay is sent to the first access network device, so as to migrate the terminal device from the mobile relay with a heavy load to a target mobile relay with a small load, so as to realize the communication between the mobile relays. load balancing. By implementing load balancing between mobile relays, the pressure on individual mobile relays with excessive load can be relieved, and part of the pressure can be transferred to mobile relays with smaller loads, which is beneficial to improve the performance of mobile relays and reduce the impact on wired The deployment requirements of the transmission network, especially in areas where it is difficult to deploy a wired transmission network such as indoors, are conducive to improving system throughput. In addition, considering the high mobility of the mobile relay, the core network equipment determines the target mobile relay for the first mobile relay according to the movement track of each mobile relay. Since the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is the same as that of the first mobile relay within a period of time (such as the first time period), and considering the terminal accessing the first mobile relay Devices usually have the same movement trajectory as the first mobile relay (for example, the first mobile relay and terminal devices are located inside the same vehicle entity), so if some terminal devices are migrated from the first mobile relay to the second mobile The relay can make the service connection of the terminal equipment not affected by the mobility of the second mobile relay within the first period of time, and prevent these terminal equipment from frequently initiating cell reselection due to the location change of the second mobile relay , so that the increase of signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection can be avoided, the impact on normal communication of the terminal equipment can be reduced, and the transmission performance of the terminal equipment can be ensured.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:向第一接入网设备发送第一时长,在该第一时长超时后,第一移动中继能够在终端设备和第一接入网设备之间提供中继服务。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: sending a first duration to the first access network device, and after the first duration expires, the first mobile relay can A relay service is provided between the terminal device and the first access network device.
通过向第一接入网设备发送第一时长,使得第一接入网设备以第一时长为依据,在第一时长超时前,均可将请求从第一移动中继接入的终端迁移至第二移动中继,在第一时长超时后,可将请求从第一移动中继接入的终端接入第一移动中继。从而有利于避免在第二移动中继与第一移动中继距离较远或移动轨迹不同的情况下,仍将终端设备重定向到第二移动中继可能带来的传输性能下降等问题。By sending the first duration to the first access network device, the first access network device can migrate the terminal requesting access from the first mobile relay to the After the first time period expires, the second mobile relay may connect the terminal requesting to access from the first mobile relay to the first mobile relay. Therefore, it is beneficial to avoid problems such as transmission performance degradation that may be caused by redirecting the terminal device to the second mobile relay when the distance between the second mobile relay and the first mobile relay is relatively long or the movement trajectory is different.
可选地,该第一时长小于或等于第一时间段的时长。Optionally, the first duration is less than or equal to the duration of the first time period.
由于第一移动中继和第二移动中继在第一时间段的移动轨迹相同,若将第一时长控制在第一时间段的时长范围内,可以有效避免在第二移动中继与第一移动中继距离较远或移动轨迹不同的情况下,仍将终端设备重定向到第二移动中继可能带来的传输性能下降等问题。Since the movement trajectories of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are the same in the first time period, if the first duration is controlled within the duration range of the first time period, it can effectively avoid In the case that the mobile relay is far away or the movement trajectory is different, redirecting the terminal device to the second mobile relay may cause transmission performance degradation and other problems.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些可能的实现方式中,在向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息之前,该方法还包括:从第一接入网设备接收第一移动中继的标识和来自终端设备的注册请求,该第一移动中继的标识用于指示该注册请求通过第一移动中继转发至第一接入网设备。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementations of the first aspect, before sending the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, the method further includes: receiving the second mobile relay information from the first access network device An identification of a mobile relay and a registration request from a terminal device, where the identification of the first mobile relay is used to indicate that the registration request is forwarded to the first access network device through the first mobile relay.
通过核心网设备接收到第一移动中继的标识和终端设备的注册请求消息后,再向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息,进而实现移动中继的负载均衡,实现了核心网设备以终端设备为粒度来控制终端设备接入第二移动中继的方式。After the core network device receives the identity of the first mobile relay and the registration request message of the terminal device, it sends the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, thereby realizing the load balancing of the mobile relay and realizing The core network device controls the manner in which the terminal device accesses the second mobile relay at the granularity of the terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该第二移动中继用于在终端设备和第二接入网设备之间提供中继服务。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementation manners of the first aspect, the second mobile relay is used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the second access network device.
一种可能的情况是,该第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备为同一接入网设备。另一种可能的情况是,该第一接入网设备与和第二接入网设备为不同的接入网设备。A possible situation is that the first access network device and the second access network device are the same access network device. Another possible situation is that the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices.
可选地,该第二移动中继的信息包括第二移动中继的标识,该第二移动中继的标识与第二移动中继的频点对应。Optionally, the information of the second mobile relay includes an identifier of the second mobile relay, and the identifier of the second mobile relay corresponds to a frequency point of the second mobile relay.
无论第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备是否为同一接入网设备,核心网设备都可以将第二移动中继的标识发送给第一接入网设备,从而便于第一接入网设备基于该第二移动中继的标识,获取与之对应的第二移动中继的频点。Regardless of whether the first access network device and the second access network device are the same access network device, the core network device can send the identity of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, thereby facilitating the first access The network device acquires the corresponding frequency point of the second mobile relay based on the identifier of the second mobile relay.
可选地,该第二移动中继的信息包括第二移动中继的频点。Optionally, the information of the second mobile relay includes a frequency point of the second mobile relay.
无论第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备是否为同一接入网设备,核心网设备都可以将第二移动中继的频点发送给第一接入网设备,以便于第一接入网设备将该第二移动中继的频点通知终端设备。Regardless of whether the first access network device and the second access network device are the same access network device, the core network device can send the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can The network access device notifies the terminal device of the frequency point of the second mobile relay.
进一步地,该第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备为不同的接入网设备,以及,在向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息之前,该方法还包括:向第二接入网设备发送第二移动中继的标识;从第二接入网设备接收第二移动中继的频点。Further, the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices, and before sending the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, the method further includes: Sending the identifier of the second mobile relay to the second access network device; receiving the frequency point of the second mobile relay from the second access network device.
即,核心网设备可以先向第二接入网设备发送第二移动中继的标识,以获取与之对应的第二移动中继的频点,再将获取到的第二移动中继的频点发送给第一接入网设备。That is, the core network device may first send the identifier of the second mobile relay to the second access network device to obtain the corresponding frequency point of the second mobile relay, and then use the obtained frequency point of the second mobile relay The point is sent to the first access network device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:获取第一移动中继和第二移动中继的负载。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: acquiring loads of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay.
应理解,移动中继的负载可理解为移动中继当前已被占用的资源,负载可用百分数、小数等来表示,值越大,表示该移动中继当前已被占用的资源越多,负载越大。It should be understood that the load of the mobile relay can be understood as the resources currently occupied by the mobile relay, and the load can be represented by a percentage, a decimal, etc., and the larger the value, the more resources the mobile relay is currently occupied, and the higher the load. big.
负载信息可以包括负载,或者接入移动中继的终端设备的数量。其中,接入移动中继的终端设备的数量可用于计算负载。因此,核心网设备可根据各个移动中继上报的负载信息确定负载。The load information may include load, or the number of terminal devices accessing the mobile relay. Wherein, the number of terminal devices accessing the mobile relay can be used to calculate the load. Therefore, the core network equipment can determine the load according to the load information reported by each mobile relay.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:获取第一移动中继和第二移动中继的移动轨迹。核心网设备可根据各个移动中继主动上报的移动轨迹获取到各个移动中继的移动轨迹,也可通过对移动中继进行定位监控的方式来获取到移动中继的移动轨迹。本申请对此不作限定。With reference to the first aspect, in some possible implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: acquiring movement trajectories of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay. The core network equipment can obtain the movement trajectory of each mobile relay according to the movement trajectory actively reported by each mobile relay, and can also obtain the movement trajectory of the mobile relay by performing location monitoring on the mobile relay. This application is not limited to this.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由第一接入网设备执行,或者,也可以由配置在第一接入网设备中的部件(如芯片、芯片系统等)执行,或者,还可以由能够实现全部或部分第一接入网设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现,本申请对此不作限定。In the second aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by the first access network device, or can also be executed by components (such as chips, chip systems, etc.) configured in the first access network device , or, it may also be realized by a logic module or software capable of realizing all or part of the functions of the first access network device, which is not limited in this application.
示例性地,该方法包括:从核心网设备接收第二移动中继的信息,该第二移动中继的信息用于将终端设备接入第二移动中继;其中,该终端设备是在第一时间段内请求从第一移动中继接入的终端设备,该第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限,该第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,且该第二移动中继的移动轨迹与第一移动中继的移动轨迹在第一时间段内相同;向该终端设备发送第二移动中继的频点,该第二移 动中继的频点用于将终端设备接入到第二移动中继。Exemplarily, the method includes: receiving information of a second mobile relay from a core network device, and the information of the second mobile relay is used for connecting a terminal device to the second mobile relay; wherein, the terminal device is at the For a terminal device requesting access from a first mobile relay within a period of time, the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold, the load of the second mobile relay is lower than a second preset threshold, and the The movement trajectory of the second mobile relay is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within the first time period; the frequency point of the second mobile relay is sent to the terminal device, and the frequency point of the second mobile relay is used for Connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay.
基于上述技术内容,通过第一接入网设备从核心网设备接收第二移动中继的信息,并且,向终端设备发送第二移动中继的频点,从而将请求从负载过大的第一移动中继接入的终端设备,迁移至负载较小、且在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与第一移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同的第二移动中继上,进而实现了移动中继之间的负载均衡。通过在移动中继之间实现负载均衡,可以缓解个别负载过大的移动中继的压力,将一部分压力转移到负载较小的移动中继,有利于提高移动中继的性能,降低了对有线传输网络的部署要求,特别是在室内等不易部署有线传输网络的区域,有利于提高系统吞吐。此外,由于在为第一移动中继确定目标移动中继时考虑到了移动中继的高移动性,被选作目标移动中继的第二移动中继的移动轨迹在一段时间内(如上述第一时间段内)与第一移动中继相同,而且考虑到接入第一移动中继的终端设备通常具有与第一移动中继相同的移动轨迹(例如,第一移动中继和终端设备位于相同的车辆实体内部),因此,若将部分终端设备从第一移动中继迁移至第二移动中继,可以使得终端设备的业务连接在第一时间段内不受第二移动中继的移动性的影响,避免这部分终端设备因第二移动中继的位置变化而频繁地发起小区重选,从而可以避免因小区重选带来的信令开销和功耗的增加,减小对终端设备的正常通信的影响,有利于保障终端设备的传输性能。Based on the above technical content, the first access network device receives the information of the second mobile relay from the core network device, and sends the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the terminal device, so that the request is transferred from the overloaded first The terminal equipment accessed by the mobile relay is migrated to the second mobile relay whose load is relatively small and whose movement track within the first time period is the same as that of the first mobile relay during the first time period, and then Realized load balancing among mobile relays. By implementing load balancing between mobile relays, the pressure on individual mobile relays with excessive load can be relieved, and part of the pressure can be transferred to mobile relays with smaller loads, which is beneficial to improve the performance of mobile relays and reduce the impact on wired The deployment requirements of the transmission network, especially in areas where it is difficult to deploy a wired transmission network such as indoors, are conducive to improving system throughput. In addition, since the high mobility of the mobile relay is considered when determining the target mobile relay for the first mobile relay, the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is within a period of time (as described in the above-mentioned No. within a period of time) is the same as the first mobile relay, and considering that the terminal device accessing the first mobile relay usually has the same movement track as the first mobile relay (for example, the first mobile relay and the terminal device are located at within the same vehicle entity), therefore, if some terminal equipment is migrated from the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay, the service connection of the terminal equipment can not be moved by the second mobile relay within the first time period Influenced by nature, to prevent these terminal equipments from frequently initiating cell reselection due to the location change of the second mobile relay, thereby avoiding the increase of signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection, and reducing the impact on terminal equipment The impact of the normal communication is beneficial to ensure the transmission performance of the terminal equipment.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:从核心网设备接收第一时长,在该第一时长超时后,在终端设备和第一接入网设备之间继续提供中继服务。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving a first duration from the core network device, and after the first duration expires, the terminal device and the first access network device continue to provide relay services.
通过从核心网设备接收第一时长,使得第一接入网设备以第一时长为依据,在第一时长超时前,均可将请求从第一移动中继接入的终端迁移至第二移动中继,在第一时长超时后,可将请求从第一移动中继接入的终端接入第一移动中继。从而有利于避免在第二移动中继与第一移动中继距离较远或移动轨迹不同的情况下,仍将终端设备重定向到第二移动中继可能带来的传输性能下降等问题。By receiving the first duration from the core network device, the first access network device can migrate the terminal requesting access from the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay before the first duration expires based on the first duration The relay, after the first duration times out, may connect the terminal requesting to access from the first mobile relay to the first mobile relay. Therefore, it is beneficial to avoid problems such as transmission performance degradation that may be caused by redirecting the terminal device to the second mobile relay when the distance between the second mobile relay and the first mobile relay is relatively long or the movement trajectory is different.
可选地,该第一时长小于或等于第一时间段的时长。Optionally, the first duration is less than or equal to the duration of the first time period.
由于第一移动中继和第二移动中继在第一时间段的移动轨迹相同,若将第一时长控制在第一时间段的时长范围内,可以有效避免在第二移动中继与第一移动中继距离较远或移动轨迹不同的情况下,仍将终端设备重定向到第二移动中继可能带来的频繁发起小区重选、传输性能下降等问题。Since the movement trajectories of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are the same in the first time period, if the first duration is controlled within the duration range of the first time period, it can effectively avoid In the case that the mobile relay is far away or the moving trajectory is different, redirecting the terminal device to the second mobile relay may cause frequent cell reselection, transmission performance degradation and other problems.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些可能的实现方式中,在从核心网设备接收第二移动中继的信息之前,该方法还包括:接收来自终端设备的无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息,该RRC消息中携带注册请求消息,用于请求从第一移动中继接入;将该注册请求消息和第一移动中继的标识转发至核心网设备。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementations of the second aspect, before receiving the information of the second mobile relay from the core network device, the method further includes: receiving a radio resource control (radio resource control) from the terminal device , RRC) message, the RRC message carries a registration request message for requesting access from the first mobile relay; and forwards the registration request message and the identifier of the first mobile relay to the core network device.
通过第一接入网设备接收到终端设备的RRC消息后,将RRC消息中的注册请求消息和第一移动中继的标识转发给核心网设备,再从核心网设备接收第二移动中继的信息,进而可实现移动中继的负载均衡,实现了核心网设备以终端设备为粒度来控制终端设备接入第二移动中继的方式。After receiving the RRC message of the terminal device through the first access network device, forward the registration request message and the identifier of the first mobile relay in the RRC message to the core network device, and then receive the registration request message of the second mobile relay from the core network device information, and then the load balance of the mobile relay can be realized, and the core network device can control the access of the terminal device to the second mobile relay with the granularity of the terminal device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该第二移动中继用于在终 端设备和第二接入网设备之间提供中继服务。With reference to the second aspect, in some possible implementation manners of the second aspect, the second mobile relay is used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the second access network device.
一种可能的情况是,该第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备为同一接入网设备。另一种可能的情况是,该第一接入网设备与和第二接入网设备为不同的接入网设备。A possible situation is that the first access network device and the second access network device are the same access network device. Another possible situation is that the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices.
可选地,该第二移动中继的信息包括第二移动中继的标识,第二移动中继的标识与第二移动中继的频点对应。Optionally, the information of the second mobile relay includes an identifier of the second mobile relay, and the identifier of the second mobile relay corresponds to a frequency point of the second mobile relay.
无论第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备是否为同一接入网设备,核心网设备都可以将第二移动中继的频点发送给第一接入网设备,以便于第一接入网设备将该第二移动中继的频点通知终端设备。Regardless of whether the first access network device and the second access network device are the same access network device, the core network device can send the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can The network access device notifies the terminal device of the frequency point of the second mobile relay.
进一步地,该第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备为不同的接入网设备,该方法还包括:向第二接入网设备发送请求消息,该请求消息中携带第二移动中继的标识,该请求消息用于请求第二移动中继的频点,以及请求将终端设备接入第二移动中继;从第二接入网设备接收该请求消息的响应消息,该响应消息中包括第二移动中继的频点。Further, the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices, and the method further includes: sending a request message to the second access network device, the request message carrying the second mobile The identifier of the relay, the request message is used to request the frequency point of the second mobile relay, and request the terminal device to access the second mobile relay; receive the response message of the request message from the second access network device, the response message includes the frequency point of the second mobile relay.
通过第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第二移动中继的标识,实现了第二移动中继的频点的便捷获取,并且,为将终端设备由接入第一接入网设备的第一移动中继迁移至接入第二接入网设备的第二移动中继提供了基础条件。By sending the identifier of the second mobile relay to the second access network device from the first access network device, the convenient acquisition of the frequency point of the second mobile relay is realized, and in order to connect the terminal device from the first access network Basic conditions are provided for migrating the first mobile relay of the access network device to the second mobile relay of the second access network device.
可选地,该第二移动中继的信息包括第二移动中继的频点,第二移动中继用于在终端设备和第二接入网设备之间提供中继服务。Optionally, the information of the second mobile relay includes a frequency point of the second mobile relay, and the second mobile relay is used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the second access network device.
无论第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备是否为同一接入网设备,核心网设备都可以将第二移动中继的频点发送给第一接入网设备,以便于第一接入网设备将该第二移动中继的频点通知终端设备。Regardless of whether the first access network device and the second access network device are the same access network device, the core network device can send the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, so that the first access network device can The network access device notifies the terminal device of the frequency point of the second mobile relay.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由第一接入网设备执行,或者,也可以由配置在第一接入网设备中的部件(如芯片、芯片系统等)执行,或者,还可以由能够实现全部或部分第一接入网设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现,本申请对此不作限定。In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by the first access network device, or can also be executed by components (such as chips, chip systems, etc.) configured in the first access network device , or, it may also be realized by a logic module or software capable of realizing all or part of the functions of the first access network device, which is not limited in this application.
示例性地,该方法包括:确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限;确定第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,且确定该第二移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与第一移动中继在该第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同;确定终端设备在第一时间段的第一时刻请求从该第一移动中继接入,向该终端设备发送该第二移动中继的频点,该第二移动中继的频点用于终端设备接入该第二移动中继。Exemplarily, the method includes: determining that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold; determining that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and determining that the second mobile relay is at the first The movement trajectory within the time period is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within the first time period; it is determined that the terminal device requests access from the first mobile relay at the first moment of the first time period, and the terminal device The device sends the frequency point of the second mobile relay, and the frequency point of the second mobile relay is used for the terminal device to access the second mobile relay.
应理解,第一接入网设备可以在确定有终端设备请求从第一移动中继接入时,将该终端设备重定向到第二移动中继。也即,基于终端设备的粒度实现移动中继之间的负载均衡。It should be understood that, when determining that a terminal device requests access from the first mobile relay, the first access network device may redirect the terminal device to the second mobile relay. That is, load balancing between mobile relays is implemented based on the granularity of the terminal equipment.
基于上述方案,通过接入网设备确定出负载过大的移动中继和负载较小的移动中继,并且,从负载较小的移动中继中确定出与负载过大的移动中继在同一时间段内移动轨迹相同的移动中继,作为目标移动中继,从而控制终端设备从负载过大的移动中继迁移至负载较小的移动中继,实现了移动中继之间的负载均衡。通过在移动中继之间实现负载均衡,可以缓解个别负载过大的移动中继的压力,将一部分压力转移到负载较小的移动中继,有利于提高移动中继的性能,降低了对有线传输网络的部署要求,特别是在室内等不易部署有线传输网络的区域,有利于提高系统吞吐。此外,考虑到 移动中继的高移动性,第一接入网设备根据各移动中继的移动轨迹为第一移动中继确定目标移动中继。由于被选作目标移动中继的第二移动中继的移动轨迹在一段时间内(如上述第一时间段内)与第一移动中继相同,而且考虑到接入第一移动中继的终端设备通常具有与第一移动中继相同的移动轨迹(例如,第一移动中继和终端设备位于相同的车辆实体内部),因此,若将部分终端设备从第一移动中继迁移至第二移动中继,可以使得终端设备的业务连接在第一时间段内不受第二移动中继的移动性的影响,避免这部分终端设备因移动中继的位置变化而频繁地发起小区重选,从而可以避免因小区重选带来的信令开销和功耗的增加,减小对终端设备的正常通信的影响,有利于保障终端设备的传输性能。Based on the above solution, the mobile relay with excessive load and the mobile relay with small load are determined by the access network equipment, and the mobile relay with small load is determined to be in the same The mobile relays with the same moving trajectory in the time period are used as the target mobile relays, so as to control the migration of terminal equipment from the mobile relays with heavy load to the mobile relays with small loads, and realize the load balancing among mobile relays. By implementing load balancing between mobile relays, the pressure on individual mobile relays with excessive load can be relieved, and part of the pressure can be transferred to mobile relays with smaller loads, which is beneficial to improve the performance of mobile relays and reduce the impact on wired The deployment requirements of the transmission network, especially in areas where it is difficult to deploy a wired transmission network such as indoors, are conducive to improving system throughput. In addition, considering the high mobility of the mobile relay, the first access network device determines the target mobile relay for the first mobile relay according to the movement track of each mobile relay. Since the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is the same as that of the first mobile relay within a period of time (such as the first time period), and considering the terminal accessing the first mobile relay Devices usually have the same movement trajectory as the first mobile relay (for example, the first mobile relay and terminal devices are located inside the same vehicle entity), so if some terminal devices are migrated from the first mobile relay to the second mobile The relay can prevent the service connection of the terminal equipment from being affected by the mobility of the second mobile relay within the first time period, and prevent these terminal equipment from frequently initiating cell reselection due to the location change of the mobile relay, thereby Increases in signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection can be avoided, impact on normal communication of terminal equipment can be reduced, and transmission performance of terminal equipment can be ensured.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:获取第一移动中继和第二移动中继的负载;向核心网设备发送第一移动中继和第二移动中继的负载。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes: obtaining loads of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay; sending the first mobile relay and the load of the second mobile relay to the core network device 2. Mobile relay load.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:获取第一移动中继和第二移动中继的移动轨迹;向核心网设备发送第一移动中继和第二移动中继的移动轨迹。With reference to the third aspect, in some possible implementation manners of the third aspect, the method further includes: acquiring the movement trajectories of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay; sending the first mobile relay and the The movement track of the second mobile relay.
关于负载、负载信息、移动轨迹的相关说明可参看第一方面中的相关说明,此处不再赘述。For relevant descriptions about the load, load information, and movement trajectory, please refer to the related descriptions in the first aspect, and details will not be repeated here.
第四方面,本申请提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由第二接入网设备执行,或者,也可以由配置在第二接入网设备中的部件(如芯片、芯片系统等)执行,或者,还可以由能够实现全部或部分第二接入网设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现,本申请对此不作限定。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which can be executed by the second access network device, or can also be executed by components (such as chips, chip systems, etc.) configured in the second access network device , or, it may also be realized by a logic module or software capable of realizing all or part of the functions of the second access network device, which is not limited in this application.
示例性地,该方法包括:接收请求消息,该请求消息中携带第二移动中继的标识,该请求消息用于请求第二移动中继的频点,并用于请求将终端设备接入第二移动中继,该终端设备是在第一时间段内请求从第一移动中继接入的终端设备,该第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限,该第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,且该第二移动中继的移动轨迹与该第一移动中继的移动轨迹在第一时间段内相同;基于该请求消息,发送响应消息,该响应消息中包括第二移动中继的频点。Exemplarily, the method includes: receiving a request message, the request message carrying the identifier of the second mobile relay, the request message is used to request the frequency point of the second mobile relay, and is used to request the terminal device to access the second A mobile relay, the terminal device is a terminal device that requests access from a first mobile relay within a first time period, the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold, and the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within the first time period; based on the request message, a response message is sent, and the response message includes The frequency point of the second mobile relay.
基于上述技术内容,在第一移动中继与第二移动中继连接于不同接入网设备的情况下,可以通过与第二接入网设备的交互,从第二接入网设备获取第二移动中继的频点,为实现将终端设备由接入第一接入网设备的第一移动中继迁移至接入第二接入网设备的第二移动中继提供了基础条件。Based on the above technical content, when the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to different access network devices, the second access network device can obtain the second The frequency point of the mobile relay provides a basic condition for migrating the terminal device from the first mobile relay connected to the first access network device to the second mobile relay connected to the second access network device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该接收请求消息,包括:从核心网设备接收请求消息,该核心网设备是服务第一移动中继和第二移动中继的核心网设备;基于该请求消息,发送响应消息,包括:基于该请求消息,向核心网设备发送响应消息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementations of the fourth aspect, the receiving the request message includes: receiving the request message from a core network device, where the core network device serves the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay The core network device; based on the request message, sending a response message includes: based on the request message, sending a response message to the core network device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些可能的实现方式中,该接收请求消息,包括:从第一接入网设备接收请求消息,该第一接入网设备是服务第一移动中继的接入网设备;基于请求消息,发送响应消息,包括:基于该请求消息,向第一接入网设备发送响应消息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some possible implementations of the fourth aspect, the receiving the request message includes: receiving the request message from a first access network device, where the first access network device is a serving first mobile relay The access network device; based on the request message, sending a response message includes: sending a response message to the first access network device based on the request message.
在第二移动中继和第一移动中继连接于不同的接入网设备的情况下,第二移动中继连接的第二接入网设备可以提供第二移动中继的频点给核心网设备或第一接入网设备,从而为实现将终端设备由第一移动中继迁移至第二移动中继提供了基础条件。In the case that the second mobile relay and the first mobile relay are connected to different access network devices, the second access network device connected to the second mobile relay can provide the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the core network The device or the first access network device provides basic conditions for migrating the terminal device from the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,包括用于实现第一方面至第四方面以及第一方面至第四方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的模块或单元。应理解,各个模块或单元可通过执行计算机程序来实现相应的功能。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a module or unit for implementing the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the fourth aspect and any one of the first aspect to the fourth aspect. It should be understood that each module or unit can realize corresponding functions by executing computer programs.
第六方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器,所述处理器用于执行第一方面至第四方面以及第一方面至第四方面任一种可能实现方式中所述的通信方法。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, including a processor, the processor is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the fourth aspect and the first aspect to the fourth aspect .
所述装置还可以包括存储器,用于存储指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的指令时,可以实现上述各方面中描述的方法。所述装置还可以包括通信接口,所述通信接口用于该装置与其它设备进行通信,示例性地,通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块或其它类型的通信接口。The apparatus may also include memory for storing instructions and data. The memory is coupled to the processor, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the methods described in the foregoing aspects can be implemented. The device may further include a communication interface, which is used for the device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the communication interface may be a transceiver, a circuit, a bus, a module or other types of communication interfaces.
第七方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,用于支持实现上述第一方面至第四方面以及第一方面至第四方面任一种可能实现方式中所涉及的功能,例如,例如接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a system-on-a-chip, which includes at least one processor, configured to support the implementation of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects and any possible implementation manners of the first to fourth aspects. The functions involved, for example, receive or process the data and/or information involved in the methods described above.
在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器用于保存程序指令和数据,存储器位于处理器之内或处理器之外。In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory, the memory is used to store program instructions and data, and the memory is located inside or outside the processor.
该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。The system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第八方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机实现第一方面至第四方面以及第一方面至第四方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including a computer program, which, when run on a computer, enables the computer to realize any possibility of the first aspect to the fourth aspect and the first aspect to the fourth aspect method in the implementation.
第九方面,本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面至第四方面以及以及第一方面至第四方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction), when the computer program is executed, the computer executes the first aspect to the The fourth aspect and the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的系统架构的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的场景示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的终端设备在同一接入网设备下的两个移动中继之间迁移的示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device migrating between two mobile relays under the same access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的终端设备在不同接入网设备下的两个移动中继之间迁移的示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device migrating between two mobile relays under different access network devices provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请另一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请又一实施例提供的通信方法的另一种示意性流程图;FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请再一实施例提供的通信方法的另一种示意性流程图;FIG. 8 is another schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图9至图10是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;9 to 10 are schematic block diagrams of communication devices provided by embodiments of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的接入网设备的结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th Generation,5G)移动通信系统或新无线接入技术(new radio access technology,NR)。其中,5G移动通信系统可以包括非独立组网(non-standalone,NSA)和/或独立组网(standalone,SA)。The technical solution provided by this application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: the fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) mobile communication system or new radio access technology (new radio access technology, NR). Wherein, the 5G mobile communication system may include non-standalone networking (non-standalone, NSA) and/or standalone networking (standalone, SA).
本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)、机器间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-machine,LTE-M)、设备到设备(device to device,D2D)网络、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)网络、物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络或者其他网络。其中,IoT网络例如可以包括车联网。其中,车联网系统中的通信方式统称为车到其他设备(vehicle to X,V2X,X可以代表任何事物),例如,该V2X可以包括:车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信,车辆与基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)通信、车辆与行人之间的通信(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)或车辆与网络(vehicle to network,V2N)通信等。The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), inter-machine communication long term evolution technology (long term evolution-machine, LTE-M), device to device (device to device, D2D) network , machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) network, Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) network or other networks. Wherein, the IoT network may include, for example, the Internet of Vehicles. Among them, the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively referred to as vehicle to other devices (vehicle to X, V2X, X can represent anything), for example, the V2X can include: vehicle to vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V) communication, vehicle and Infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure, V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (vehicle to pedestrian, V2P) or vehicle to network (vehicle to network, V2N) communication, etc.
本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统等。本申请对此不作限定。The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system and the like. This application is not limited to this.
在具体介绍本申请实施例提供的通信方法之前,先对本申请涉及到的各网元做简单介绍:Before specifically introducing the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application, a brief introduction to each network element involved in this application is given:
1、终端设备:可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。1. Terminal equipment: can be called user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device , User Agent, or User Device.
终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例可以为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑(如笔记本电脑、掌上电脑等)、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等。A terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to users, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like. At present, examples of some terminals can be: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (pad), computer with wireless transceiver function (such as notebook computer, palmtop computer, etc.), mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self driving (self driving), wireless in remote medical (remote medical) Terminals, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, cellular phones, cordless Telephones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices, or connected Other processing devices to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the 5G network or terminal devices in the future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN), etc.
此外,终端设备还可以是物联网(Internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备。IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。IoT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band,NB)技术,做到海量连接,深度覆盖,终端省电。In addition, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (Internet of things, IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and object interconnection. IoT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, narrow band (NB) technology.
此外,终端设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等传感器,主要功 能包括收集数据(部分终端设备)、接收网络设备的控制信息与下行数据,并发送电磁波,向网络设备传输上行数据。In addition, terminal equipment can also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations. The main functions include collecting data (partial terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data from network equipment, and sending electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to network equipment. .
2、接入网(access network,AN)设备:接入网可以为特定区域的授权用户提供入网功能,并能够根据用户的级别、业务的需求等使用不同质量的传输隧道。接入网络可以为采用不同接入技术的接入网络。目前的无线接入技术有两种类型:第三代合作伙伴计划(3 rd generation partnership project,3GPP)接入技术(例如3G、4G或5G系统中采用的无线接入技术)和非3GPP(non-3GPP)接入技术。3GPP接入技术是指符合3GPP标准规范的接入技术,例如,5G系统中的接入网设备称为下一代基站节点(next generation node base station,gNB)。非3GPP接入技术是指不符合3GPP标准规范的接入技术,例如,以无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)中的接入点(access point,AP)为代表的空口技术。 2. Access network (AN) equipment: The access network can provide network access functions for authorized users in a specific area, and can use transmission tunnels of different qualities according to user levels and business requirements. The access network may be an access network using different access technologies. There are currently two types of radio access technologies: 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) access technologies (such as radio access technologies used in 3G, 4G or 5G systems) and non-3GPP (non-3GPP) access technologies. -3GPP) access technology. The 3GPP access technology refers to the access technology that complies with the 3GPP standard specifications. For example, the access network equipment in the 5G system is called a next generation node base station (gNB). The non-3GPP access technology refers to an access technology that does not conform to the 3GPP standard specification, for example, an air interface technology represented by an access point (access point, AP) in wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi).
基于无线通信技术实现接入网络功能的接入网可以称为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)。无线接入网能够管理无线资源,为终端设备提供接入服务,进而完成控制信号和用户数据在终端和核心网之间的转发。An access network that implements a network access function based on a wireless communication technology may be referred to as a radio access network (radio access network, RAN). The wireless access network can manage wireless resources, provide access services for terminal equipment, and then complete the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal and the core network.
无线接入网设备例如可以包括但不限于:无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved node B,或home node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),Wi-Fi系统中的AP、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G(如,NR)系统中的gNB或传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),或者下一代通信6G系统中的基站等。本申请对无线接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。Radio access network equipment, for example, may include but not limited to: a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller, BSC), a base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved node B, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), AP in Wi-Fi system, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, Transmission point (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP) in the 5G (eg, NR) system, the base station in the 5G system One or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU), or a next-generation Base stations in communication 6G systems, etc. This application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the wireless access network equipment.
3、移动中继:指的是集成了无线接入链路和无线回传链路且具有移动性的无线接入网设备,其中无线接入链路为终端设备与移动中继之间的通信链路,无线回传链路为移动中继和部署在地面上没有移动性的无线接入网设备之间的通信链路,无线回传链路主要进行数据回传。移动中继支持Uu、F1、E1、NG以及X2等接口,且包含了无线接入网设备的功能和移动终端(mobile-termination,MT)功能(functionality)。其中,MT功能集成于移动中继之中,该功能实体用于移动中继与宿主无线接入网(donor RAN)设备或者其他移动中继之间的回传链路的Uu口终结点。当移动中继启动后MT功能会进行小区选择,从而接入到网络。3. Mobile relay: refers to a mobile wireless access network device that integrates a wireless access link and a wireless backhaul link, where the wireless access link is the communication between the terminal device and the mobile relay The wireless backhaul link is the communication link between the mobile relay and the wireless access network equipment deployed on the ground without mobility. The wireless backhaul link mainly performs data backhaul. The mobile relay supports interfaces such as Uu, F1, E1, NG, and X2, and includes functions of radio access network equipment and mobile-termination (MT) functionality. Among them, the MT function is integrated in the mobile relay, and this functional entity is used for the Uu interface termination point of the backhaul link between the mobile relay and the donor RAN device or other mobile relays. When the mobile relay is activated, the MT function will perform cell selection to access the network.
可以理解的是,移动中继具有移动性。例如,通过在车辆上搭载集成了无线接入链路和无线回传链路的中继,使其可随着车辆的移动而移动,就是一种典型的移动中继,也就是车载中继(vehicle mounted relay,VMR)。It can be understood that the mobile relay has mobility. For example, by carrying a relay integrated with a wireless access link and a wireless backhaul link on the vehicle, so that it can move with the movement of the vehicle, it is a typical mobile relay, that is, a vehicle-mounted relay ( vehicle mounted relay, VMR).
4、宿主无线接入网(donor RAN)设备:通常指的是部署在地面上没有移动性的无线接入网设备,通过donor RAN与移动中继之间的回程链路和移动中继提供的接入链路向终端设备提供网络接入。宿主无线接入网设备可以由集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和一个或多个分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)组成。其中,CU主要处 理非实时的无线高层协议栈功能,例如无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层协议和分组数据汇聚层(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层协议,DU主要处理物理层(physical layer,PHY)功能和实时性需求较高的层2功能,例如PHY协议。CU和DU可通过F1接口相互通信。4. Donor RAN equipment: usually refers to the wireless access network equipment deployed on the ground without mobility, provided by the backhaul link between the donor RAN and the mobile relay and the mobile relay Access links provide network access to terminal devices. The host radio access network device may consist of a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and one or more distributed units (distributed unit, DU). Among them, CU mainly handles non-real-time wireless high-layer protocol stack functions, such as radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) layer protocol and packet data convergence layer (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer protocol, and DU mainly handles physical layer (physical layer, PHY) functions and layer 2 functions with high real-time requirements, such as the PHY protocol. CU and DU can communicate with each other through the F1 interface.
本申请对于donor RAN可以连接的移动中继的数量不作限定。This application does not limit the number of mobile relays that can be connected to the donor RAN.
为了描述方便,本申请将宿主无线接入网设备简称为接入网设备。除非特殊声明,本申请实施例中的接入网设备均指的是宿主无线接入网(donor RAN)设备。For the convenience of description, the host wireless access network device is referred to as the access network device for short in this application. Unless otherwise stated, the access network device in the embodiments of the present application refers to a donor radio access network (donor RAN) device.
5、接入和移动性管理功能网元(access and mobility management function,AMF):AMF网元属于核心网络部分,主要用于移动网络中的终端的注册、移动性管理、跟踪区更新流程,接入和移动性管理网元终结了非接入层(non access stratum,NAS)消息、负责注册管理、连接管理以及可达性管理、分配跟踪区列表(track area list,TA list)以及移动性管理等,并且负责转发会话管理(session management,SM)消息到会话管理网元。5. Access and mobility management function network element (access and mobility management function, AMF): AMF network element belongs to the core network part, and is mainly used for terminal registration, mobility management, and tracking area update process in the mobile network. The entry and mobility management network element terminates the non-access stratum (NAS) message, is responsible for registration management, connection management and reachability management, assigns a track area list (TA list) and mobility management etc., and is responsible for forwarding the session management (session management, SM) message to the session management network element.
图1是适用于本申请实施例的通信方法的系统架构的示意图。如图1所示,该系统100可以包括核心网110、接入网设备120、移动中继130和终端设备140。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture applicable to a communication method in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the system 100 may include a core network 110 , an access network device 120 , a mobile relay 130 and a terminal device 140 .
该系统100例如可以是5G系统(5G system,5GS)。在5GS中,核心网110可以是5G核心网(5G core,5GC)。示例性地,该核心网110可以包括但不限于,AMF、会话管理功能网元(session management function,SMF)、用户面功能网元(user plane function,UPF)等。各网元可用于实现各自的功能,例如,AMF可用于移动性管理和接入管理。SMF可用于会话管理、终端设备的互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配和管理、选择和管理用户平面功能、策略控制、或收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知等。UPF可用于分组路由和转发、或用户面数据的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)处理等。本申请对于核心网110中所包括的具体网元及其功能、数量和形态均不作限定。The system 100 may be, for example, a 5G system (5G system, 5GS). In 5GS, the core network 110 may be a 5G core network (5G core, 5GC). Exemplarily, the core network 110 may include, but not limited to, an AMF, a session management function (session management function, SMF), a user plane function (user plane function, UPF) and the like. Each network element can be used to realize its own function, for example, AMF can be used for mobility management and access management. SMF can be used for session management, Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection and management of user plane functions, policy control, or termination points of charging function interfaces, and downlink data notification. UPF can be used for packet routing and forwarding, or quality of service (quality of service, QoS) processing of user plane data, etc. The present application does not limit the specific network elements included in the core network 110 and their functions, quantity and form.
接入网设备120可连接于核心网110,可用于为覆盖范围内的授权终端提供入网功能,管理无线资源,并完成控制信号和用户数据在终端设备与核心网110之间的转发。The access network device 120 can be connected to the core network 110 and can be used to provide network access functions for authorized terminals within the coverage area, manage wireless resources, and complete the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal device and the core network 110 .
在本申请实施例中,该接入网设备120不仅可以为终端设备提供无线接入服务,还可以为移动中继(如图1所示的移动中继130)提供无线回传功能,以使得移动中继可以通过接入网设备120接入核心网。移动中继130具有移动性,例如,可以部署在车辆,一方面通过无线回传链路连接于接入网设备120,再通过接入网设备120连接至核心网,另一方面为其附近的终端设备(包括车辆内或者车辆外的终端设备)提供无线接入链路,从而使得终端设备可以入网。In this embodiment of the application, the access network device 120 can not only provide wireless access services for terminal devices, but also provide wireless backhaul functions for mobile relays (such as mobile relay 130 shown in FIG. 1 ), so that The mobile relay can access the core network through the access network device 120 . The mobile relay 130 has mobility. For example, it can be deployed in a vehicle. On the one hand, it is connected to the access network device 120 through a wireless backhaul link, and then connected to the core network through the access network device 120; Terminal equipment (including terminal equipment inside or outside the vehicle) provides a wireless access link, so that the terminal equipment can access the network.
如图1所示的终端设备140位于车辆外,可以通过移动中继130提供的无线接入链路接入移动中继130,再通过接入网设备120和接入移动中继130之间的无线回传链路接入到核心网110。As shown in Figure 1, the terminal device 140 is located outside the vehicle, and can access the mobile relay 130 through the wireless access link provided by the mobile relay 130, and then access the mobile relay 130 through the access network device 120 and the mobile relay 130. The wireless backhaul link is connected to the core network 110 .
应理解,图1中仅为示例,示出了一个核心网、一个无线接入网设备、一个移动中继和一个终端设备,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。各设备的数量均可以为一个或多个。接入同一核心网的接入网设备可以为一个或多个。接入同一无线接入网设备 的移动中继的数量也可以为一个或多个。接入同一移动中继的终端设备的数量也可以为一个或多个。It should be understood that Fig. 1 is only an example, showing a core network, a radio access network device, a mobile relay and a terminal device, but this should not constitute any limitation to this application. The number of each device can be one or more. There may be one or more access network devices accessing the same core network. The number of mobile relays connected to the same wireless access network device can also be one or more. The number of terminal devices accessing the same mobile relay can also be one or more.
此外,图1中虽未示出,但应理解,终端设备140可通过连接移动中继入网,也可通过接入无线接入网设备入网。此外,终端设备140也可以位于车辆内部。In addition, although not shown in FIG. 1 , it should be understood that the terminal device 140 may access the network by connecting to a mobile relay, or may access the network by accessing a wireless access network device. Furthermore, the terminal device 140 can also be located inside the vehicle.
图2是适用于本申请实施例提供的通信方法的场景示意图。如图2所示,移动中继201和移动中继202搭载在不同的车辆上,移动中继201与搭载的车辆具有相同的移动轨迹,移动中继202与搭载的车辆也具有相同的移动轨迹。移动中继201和移动中继202可连接于同一donor RAN,也可以连接于不同的donor RAN,本申请对此不作限定。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario applicable to a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, the mobile relay 201 and the mobile relay 202 are mounted on different vehicles, the mobile relay 201 has the same moving track as the mounted vehicle, and the mobile relay 202 and the mounted vehicle also have the same moving track . The mobile relay 201 and the mobile relay 202 may be connected to the same donor RAN, or may be connected to different donor RANs, which is not limited in this application.
如图2所示,移动中继201行驶在区域1内时,可能会不断地有终端设备通过移动中继201实现入网,如图2中示出的终端设备1至终端设备n(n为正整数)均通过移动中继201接入到核心网。随着请求接入移动中继201的终端设备越来越多,移动中继201的负载越来越大。但由于移动中继1的附近没有其他中继来均衡,这些终端设备依然通过移动中继201来入网。As shown in FIG. 2, when the mobile relay 201 is driving in area 1, terminal devices may continuously access the network through the mobile relay 201. As shown in FIG. 2, terminal device 1 to terminal device n (n is positive integer) are all connected to the core network through the mobile relay 201. As more and more terminal devices request to access the mobile relay 201, the load of the mobile relay 201 becomes larger and larger. However, since there is no other relay near the mobile relay 1 for equalization, these terminal devices still access the network through the mobile relay 201 .
随着移动中继201的移动,逐渐进入区域2内。若移动中继201在区域2时,正好其附近的区域内存在移动中继202,且移动中继202上的负载较低,就可将移动中继201上面接入的部分终端设备迁移到移动中继202上。例如,对于已经成功入网的终端设备(即图2中所示的终端设备1至终端设备n),如果这些终端设备后续通过移动中继201再次发起接入请求,可将接入移动中继201的部分终端设备,如终端设备n和终端设备n-1,迁移到移动中继202上。这样一来,接入移动中继201的终端设备的数量就降低到n-2个,减轻了移动中继201的负载,实现了移动中继201的负载均衡。此外,图2中虽未示出,但可以理解,还有可能存在一些此前未与移动中继201连接的终端设备,如区域2内的终端设备,在移动中继201进入区域2后,请求通过移动中继201入网,这些终端设备也可以被迁移至移动中继202上。图2中示出的n个终端设备仅为示例,不应构成任何限定。As the mobile relay 201 moves, it gradually enters the area 2 . If mobile relay 201 is in area 2, there is mobile relay 202 in the nearby area, and the load on mobile relay 202 is low, some terminal devices connected to mobile relay 201 can be migrated to mobile Relay 202 on. For example, for terminal devices that have successfully entered the network (ie, terminal device 1 to terminal device n shown in FIG. 2 ), if these terminal devices initiate an access request again through mobile relay Some of the terminal devices, such as terminal device n and terminal device n−1, are migrated to the mobile relay 202 . In this way, the number of terminal devices accessing the mobile relay 201 is reduced to n-2, the load of the mobile relay 201 is reduced, and the load balancing of the mobile relay 201 is realized. In addition, although not shown in FIG. 2 , it can be understood that there may be some terminal devices that have not been connected to the mobile relay 201 before, such as terminal devices in area 2, after the mobile relay 201 enters area 2, request Through the mobile relay 201 accessing the network, these terminal devices can also be migrated to the mobile relay 202 . The n terminal devices shown in FIG. 2 are only examples, and should not constitute any limitation.
而随着移动中继201的继续行驶,若移动中继201行驶到了区域3内,此时移动中继201与移动中继202的距离变远,则就需要将迁移出去的移动终端再次迁移回来。例如,将终端设备n和终端设备n-1再次从移动中继202上迁移到移动中继201上。可以理解的是,如果移动中继201在区域3内依然负载过大,则可以寻找新的目标移动中继来对其进行负载均衡。As the mobile relay 201 continues to travel, if the mobile relay 201 travels into area 3, the distance between the mobile relay 201 and the mobile relay 202 becomes farther, and the mobile terminal that migrated out needs to be migrated back again. . For example, terminal device n and terminal device n−1 are migrated from mobile relay 202 to mobile relay 201 again. It can be understood that, if the mobile relay 201 is still overloaded in the area 3, a new target mobile relay can be found for load balancing.
应理解,图2示出的n个终端设备仅为示例,随着时间的推进,连接于移动中继201的移动终端的数量也可能会变化,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the n terminal devices shown in FIG. 2 are only examples, and the number of mobile terminals connected to the mobile relay 201 may also change as time progresses, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,图2中示出的区域1、区域2和区域3仅为便于描述而区分,实际场景中并不一定存在这样的区域划分。It should also be understood that the area 1, area 2, and area 3 shown in FIG. 2 are only distinguished for convenience of description, and such area division does not necessarily exist in an actual scene.
还应理解,图2仅为示例,示出了两个移动中继。但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。在该场景下的每个区域中还可以包括更多的移动中继。本申请实施例对此不作限定。此外,图2所示的场景仅是对已经成功入网的终端设备发起了迁移,从而减少移动中继的负载。本申请实施例还可以对未成功入网的终端设备发起迁移,且本申请实施例对待迁移的终端设备是否已经成功入网不作限定。It should also be understood that Fig. 2 is only an example, showing two mobile relays. But this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. More mobile relays may also be included in each area in this scenario. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it. In addition, in the scenario shown in FIG. 2, migration is only initiated for terminal devices that have successfully joined the network, thereby reducing the load of the mobile relay. In this embodiment of the present application, migration can also be initiated for a terminal device that has not successfully entered the network, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit whether the terminal device to be migrated has successfully entered the network.
还应理解,图2仅为示例,将接入移动中继201的两个终端设备迁移到移动中继202上。但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。在该场景下,可以迁移更多或更少的终端设备,以及,也可将终端设备迁移到除移动中继202之外的其它移动中继上。本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should also be understood that FIG. 2 is only an example, and two terminal devices connected to the mobile relay 201 are migrated to the mobile relay 202 . But this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. In this scenario, more or fewer terminal devices can be migrated, and the terminal devices can also be migrated to other mobile relays except the mobile relay 202 . This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
由于移动中继的高移动性,可用作移动中继201的负载均衡的移动中继202可能会随着时间的推移而发生变化。例如,移动中继之间并不能互相感知到对方的负载情况,也很难预先获知对方的移动轨迹。结合图2来说,移动中继201并不感知移动中继202的负载情况,也无法获知移动中继202与自己之间的距离是远是近,以及移动中继202未来的行驶路线。因此,如何为移动中继寻找合适的另一移动中继进行负载均衡,进而实现移动中继之间的负载均衡,是一项亟待解决的技术问题。Due to the high mobility of the mobile relays, the mobile relays 202 available for load balancing of the mobile relays 201 may change over time. For example, mobile relays cannot perceive each other's load conditions, and it is difficult to know each other's movement trajectory in advance. Referring to FIG. 2 , the mobile relay 201 does not perceive the load of the mobile relay 202 , nor can it know whether the distance between the mobile relay 202 and itself is far or short, and the future driving route of the mobile relay 202 . Therefore, how to find another suitable mobile relay for the mobile relay to perform load balancing, and then realize the load balancing among the mobile relays, is an urgent technical problem to be solved.
鉴于此,本申请提供一种通信方法,通过核心网设备或接入网设备确定出负载过大的移动中继和负载较小的移动中继,并且,从负载较小的移动中继中确定出与负载过大的移动中继在同一时间段内移动轨迹相同的移动中继,作为目标移动中继,进而实现移动中继之间的负载均衡。换言之,本申请提供的通信方法可以由核心网设备或接入网设备来控制终端设备从负载过大的移动中继迁移至负载较小的移动中继,以实现移动中继之间的负载均衡。In view of this, the present application provides a communication method, by using core network equipment or access network equipment to determine mobile relays with heavy loads and mobile relays with small loads, and determine from the mobile relays with small loads The mobile relay with the same moving trajectory as the mobile relay with excessive load in the same time period is selected as the target mobile relay, so as to realize the load balancing among mobile relays. In other words, in the communication method provided by this application, the core network equipment or the access network equipment can control the migration of the terminal equipment from a mobile relay with an excessive load to a mobile relay with a small load, so as to achieve load balancing among mobile relays .
下面将结合附图分别从AMF(核心网设备的一例)控制和接入网设备控制的角度对本申请实施例提供的通信方法做详细说明。例如,图3和图4示出了本申请实施例所适用的两种情况,图5示出了从AMF控制或接入网设备控制的角度来描述的方法实施例。图6至图8从设备交互的角度示出了在图3和图4所示的两种情况下实施的本申请提供的通信方法。其中,图6和图7示出了在AMF控制下实现的本申请的通信方法,图8示出了在接入网设备控制下实现的本申请的通信方法。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below from the perspectives of AMF (an example of core network equipment) control and access network equipment control in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. For example, FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 show two situations where the embodiment of the present application is applicable, and FIG. 5 shows a method embodiment described from the perspective of AMF control or access network device control. Fig. 6 to Fig. 8 show the communication method provided by the present application implemented in the two situations shown in Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 from the perspective of device interaction. 6 and 7 show the communication method of the present application implemented under the control of the AMF, and FIG. 8 shows the communication method of the present application implemented under the control of the access network device.
为了更好地理解本申请实施例,首先做出如下几点说明:In order to better understand the embodiment of the present application, the following explanations are first made:
第一,在本申请实施例中,“当……时”、“在……的情况下”、“若”以及“如果”等描述均指在某种客观情况下设备(如,AMF或者接入网设备)会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求设备(如,AMF或者接入网设备)在实现时一定要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。First, in the embodiments of this application, descriptions such as "when", "in the case of ...", "if" and "if" all refer to the equipment (such as AMF or receiver) under certain objective circumstances. The network access device) will make corresponding processing, which is not a time limit, and does not require the device (such as AMF or access network device) to have a judgment action during implementation, nor does it mean that there are other restrictions.
第二,在下文示出的实施例中“第一”、“第二”以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的移动中继、不同的接入网设备等。本领域技术人员可以理解,“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。Second, "first", "second" and various numbers in the embodiments shown below are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, different mobile relays, different access network devices, etc. are distinguished. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the quantity and order of execution, and words such as "first" and "second" do not necessarily limit the difference.
第三,本申请实施例中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系,但并不排除表示前后关联对象是一种“和”的关系的情况,具体表示的含义可以结合上下文进行理解。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c;a和b;a和c;b和c;或a和b和c。其中a,b,c可以是单个, 也可以是多个。Third, in the embodiments of the present application, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship, but it does not exclude the situation that the contextual objects are an "and" relationship, and the specific meaning can be understood in conjunction with the context. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one item (unit) of a, b, or c may represent: a, b, c; a and b; a and c; b and c; or a and b and c. Among them, a, b, c can be single or multiple.
第四,为了方便理解和说明,做出如下假设和定义:Fourth, for the convenience of understanding and explanation, the following assumptions and definitions are made:
第一移动中继:负载超出第一预设门限的移动中继,即,需要进行负载均衡的移动中继,也可称为源移动中继。第一移动中继可用于在终端设备与第一接入网设备之间提供中继服务。The first mobile relay: the mobile relay whose load exceeds the first preset threshold, that is, the mobile relay that needs to perform load balancing, may also be called the source mobile relay. The first mobile relay can be used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the first access network device.
第二移动中继:负载小于第二预设门限,且在某一时间段内与第一移动中继的移动轨迹相同的移动中继。即,作为终端设备的迁移目标的移动中继,也可称为目标移动中继。第二移动中继可用于在终端设备与第二接入网设备之间提供中继服务。The second mobile relay: a mobile relay whose load is less than a second preset threshold and which has the same movement trajectory as the first mobile relay within a certain period of time. That is, the mobile relay that is the migration target of the terminal device may also be called a target mobile relay. The second mobile relay can be used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the second access network device.
应理解,第一预设门限和第二预设门限都为用于判断移动中继的负载是否过高的门限。第一预设门限和第二预设门限可以相同,也可以不同。本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that both the first preset threshold and the second preset threshold are thresholds for judging whether the load of the mobile relay is too high. The first preset threshold and the second preset threshold may be the same or different. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
第一接入网设备:第一移动中继接入的宿主接入网设备。The first access network device: the host access network device accessed by the first mobile relay.
第二接入网设备:第二移动中继接入的宿主接入网设备。Second access network device: host access network device accessed by the second mobile relay.
应注意,第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备可能是同一接入网设备,也可能是不同的接入网设备。下文实施例将会分别结合不同的情况展开说明。It should be noted that the first access network device and the second access network device may be the same access network device, or may be different access network devices. The following embodiments will be described in combination with different situations.
AMF:指的是服务于移动中继的MT功能的AMF,即,上述第一移动中继的MT和第二移动中继的MT入网时注册的AMF。也可以简单地描述为,上述第一移动中继和第二移动中继入网时注册的AMF。下文中在未作出特别说明的情况下,假设第一移动中继和第二移动中继在同一AMF中注册。AMF: refers to the AMF that serves the MT function of the mobile relay, that is, the AMF registered when the MT of the first mobile relay and the MT of the second mobile relay are connected to the network. It can also be simply described as the AMF registered by the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay when they access the network. In the following, unless otherwise specified, it is assumed that the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are registered in the same AMF.
下面,先对本申请实施例提供的通信方法所适用的场景中两种可能的情况进行介绍。以下将宿主无线接入网设备简称为接入网设备。In the following, two possible situations in the applicable scenario of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be introduced first. Hereinafter, the host wireless access network device is referred to as the access network device for short.
一种可能的情况是,第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备为同一接入网设备。换言之,第一移动中继和第二移动中继连接于同一个接入网设备。因此,终端设备可以在同一接入网设备下的两个移动中继之间迁移。A possible situation is that the first access network device and the second access network device are the same access network device. In other words, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to the same access network device. Therefore, the terminal device can migrate between two mobile relays under the same access network device.
图3是终端设备在同一接入网设备下的两个移动中继之间迁移的示意图。图3示出了AMF、接入网设备(即donor RAN)、第一移动中继和第二移动中继,以及同时位于第一移动中继和第二移动中继的服务范围内的终端设备。其中,第一移动中继和第二移动中继连接于同一个接入网设备。在第一移动中继的负载过大时,可将发起接入第一移动中继的终端设备迁移至负载较小,且在某一时间段内与第一移动中继的移动轨迹相同的第二移动中继上。Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device migrating between two mobile relays under the same access network device. Figure 3 shows the AMF, the access network equipment (i.e. donor RAN), the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay, and the terminal equipment located within the service range of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay at the same time . Wherein, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to the same access network device. When the load of the first mobile relay is too large, the terminal equipment that initiates access to the first mobile relay can be migrated to the second mobile relay that has a smaller load and has the same movement trajectory as the first mobile relay within a certain period of time. On the second mobile relay.
另一种可能的场景是,第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备为不同的接入网设备。换言之,第一移动中继和第二移动中继连接于不同的接入网设备。因此,终端设备可以在不同的接入网设备下的两个移动中继之间迁移,随着终端设备在两个移动中继之间的迁移,与该终端设备所连接的接入网设备(可以理解,终端设备通过移动中继与宿主接入网设备连接)也发生变化。Another possible scenario is that the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices. In other words, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to different access network devices. Therefore, the terminal device can migrate between two mobile relays under different access network devices. As the terminal device migrates between the two mobile relays, the access network device ( It can be understood that the connection between the terminal device and the host access network device through the mobile relay) also changes.
图4是终端设备在不同接入网设备下的两个移动中继之间迁移的示意图。图4示出了AMF、第一接入网设备(即第一donor RAN)、第二接入网设备(即第二donor RAN)、第一移动中继、第二移动中继,以及同时位于第一移动中继和第二移动中继的服务范围内的终端设备。其中,第一移动中继连接于第一接入网设备,第二移动中继连接于 第二接入网设备,第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备为不同的接入网设备。在第一移动中继的负载过大时,可将发起接入第一移动中继的终端设备迁移至负载较小,且在某一时间段内与第一移动中继的移动轨迹相同的第二移动中继上。Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device migrating between two mobile relays under different access network devices. Figure 4 shows the AMF, the first access network equipment (i.e. the first donor RAN), the second access network equipment (i.e. the second donor RAN), the first mobile relay, the second mobile relay, and the Terminal devices within the service range of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay. Wherein, the first mobile relay is connected to the first access network device, the second mobile relay is connected to the second access network device, and the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices . When the load of the first mobile relay is too large, the terminal equipment that initiates access to the first mobile relay can be migrated to the second mobile relay that has a smaller load and has the same movement trajectory as the first mobile relay within a certain period of time. On the second mobile relay.
应理解,图3和图4仅为示例,示出了两个移动中继和一个终端设备。但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。例如,每个接入网设备均可以连接数量多于一个的移动中继,接入每个移动中继的终端设备的数量也可以多于一个。本申请实施例对此不作限定。此外,图3和图4所示的场景中,待迁移至第二移动中继的终端设备是否已经成功入网,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 are only examples, showing two mobile relays and one terminal device. But this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. For example, each access network device can be connected to more than one mobile relay, and the number of terminal devices accessing each mobile relay can also be more than one. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it. In addition, in the scenarios shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 , whether the terminal device to be migrated to the second mobile relay has successfully joined the network is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,图3和图4仅为示例,示出了一个或两个接入网设备。但这不应对本申请构成任何限定,连接于AMF的接入网设备的数量还可以多于一个。It should also be understood that Fig. 3 and Fig. 4 are only examples, showing one or two access network devices. However, this should not constitute any limitation to the present application, and the number of access network devices connected to the AMF may be more than one.
换言之,本申请实施例所提供的通信方法不但可以在同一接入网设备下实现终端设备在两个移动中继之间的迁移,也可以在不同接入网设备下实现终端设备在两个移动中继之间的迁移。In other words, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application can not only realize the migration of the terminal device between two mobile relays under the same access network device, but also realize the migration of the terminal device between two mobile relays under different access network devices. Migration between relays.
下面结合图5,从AMF控制或接入网设备控制的角度来描述本申请提供的通信方法。The following describes the communication method provided by the present application from the perspective of AMF control or access network device control with reference to FIG. 5 .
图5是适用于本申请实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。该方法500包括步骤510至步骤530。其中,图5中的接入网设备均指的是与移动中继通过无线回传链路相连接的donor RAN。Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart applicable to the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The method 500 includes step 510 to step 530 . Among them, the access network devices in Figure 5 all refer to the donor RAN connected to the mobile relay through a wireless backhaul link.
应理解,方法500可以由AMF或接入网设备执行,或者,也可以由部署在AMF或接入网设备中的部件(如电路、芯片、芯片系统等)执行,或者,还可以由能够实现全部或部分的AMF或接入网设备的功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the method 500 may be executed by the AMF or the access network device, or may also be executed by a component (such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, etc.) deployed in the AMF or the access network device, or may also be executed by a device capable of implementing A logical module or software implementation of all or part of the functions of the AMF or access network equipment. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
步骤510:确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限。Step 510: Determine that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold.
步骤520:确定第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,且确定第二移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与第一移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同。Step 520: Determine that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and determine the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay within the first time period and the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within the first time period same.
应理解,步骤510和步骤520中,第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限,第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限。可以是指,第一移动中继的负载大于或等于第一预设门限,第二移动中继的负载小于第二预设门限;或者,也可以是指,第一移动中继的负载大于第一预设门限,第二移动中继的负载小于或等于第二预设门限。It should be understood that, in step 510 and step 520, the load of the first mobile relay exceeds the first preset threshold, and the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold. It may mean that the load of the first mobile relay is greater than or equal to the first preset threshold, and the load of the second mobile relay is less than the second preset threshold; or, it may also mean that the load of the first mobile relay is greater than the first preset threshold. A preset threshold, the load of the second mobile relay is less than or equal to the second preset threshold.
一种可能的实现方式中,步骤510至步骤520可以由AMF执行。AMF可以获取到在该AMF注册的所有移动中继的负载。换言之,无论这些移动中继是否是通过同一接入网设备接入网络的,AMF都可以获取到它们的负载。因此,此实现方式可适用于图3或图4所示的情况。In a possible implementation manner, step 510 to step 520 may be performed by the AMF. The AMF can obtain the loads of all mobile relays registered with the AMF. In other words, regardless of whether these mobile relays access the network through the same access network device, the AMF can obtain their loads. Therefore, this implementation is applicable to the situation shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 .
另一种可能的实现方式中,步骤510至步骤520可以由接入网设备执行,如与第一移动中继连接的第一接入网设备。由于第一接入网设备可以获取到与自身连接的移动中继的负载,因此,该实现方式更适用于图3所示的情况。当然,该实现方式也可适用于图4所示的情况,只是第一接入网设备可能需要从核心网设备或其他接入网设备获取到未连接于第一接入网设备的其他移动中继的负载。In another possible implementation manner, steps 510 to 520 may be performed by an access network device, such as a first access network device connected to the first mobile relay. Since the first access network device can obtain the load of the mobile relay connected to itself, this implementation is more suitable for the situation shown in FIG. 3 . Of course, this implementation method can also be applied to the situation shown in Figure 4, except that the first access network device may need to obtain from the core network device or other access network devices other mobile information that is not connected to the first access network device following load.
下面对获取移动中继的负载的具体方式做详细说明。The specific manner of obtaining the load of the mobile relay will be described in detail below.
各个移动中继可以周期性地向所连接的接入网设备上报各自的负载信息,作为一种实现方式,该负载信息可以包括当前移动中继上已经占用的资源信息、剩余的资源(或者说,未被占用的资源)信息或者接入移动中继的终端设备的数量等。Each mobile relay can periodically report its own load information to the connected access network device. As an implementation, the load information can include resource information already occupied by the current mobile relay, remaining resources (or , unoccupied resources) information or the number of terminal devices accessing the mobile relay, etc.
其中,当前移动中继上已经占用的资源信息具体用百分比、小数等表示,用于表示当前移动中继上已经占用的资源。换言之,当前移动中继上已经占用的资源信息也就是该移动中继当前的负载。例如,已经占用的资源信息的数值越大,表示移动中继上已经占用的资源越多,说明负载越大。Wherein, the resource information already occupied on the current mobile relay is specifically represented by percentage, decimal, etc., and is used to represent the resource already occupied on the current mobile relay. In other words, the resource information currently occupied by the mobile relay is the current load of the mobile relay. For example, a larger value of the occupied resource information indicates that more resources have been occupied on the mobile relay, indicating a greater load.
例如,移动中继上报的负载信息为:当前移动中继上已经占用的资源信息为80%或0.8,则可确定负载为80%或0.8。For example, the load information reported by the mobile relay is: the resource information currently occupied by the mobile relay is 80% or 0.8, then the load can be determined to be 80% or 0.8.
当前移动中继上剩余的资源信息也可以用于确定负载。当前移动中继上剩余的资源信息具体也可用百分比、小数等表示,用于表示当前移动中继上剩余的资源。剩余的资源信息的数值越小,表示移动中继上剩余的资源越多,说明负载越小。Resource information remaining on the current mobile relay can also be used to determine the load. Specifically, the remaining resource information on the current mobile relay can also be represented by percentage, decimal, etc., which are used to represent the remaining resources on the current mobile relay. The smaller the value of the remaining resource information, the more resources are left on the mobile relay, which means the load is smaller.
例如,移动中继上报的负载信息为:当前移动中继上剩余的资源信息为20%或0.2,则可自行确定当前第一移动中继的负载为80%或0.8。For example, if the load information reported by the mobile relay is: the remaining resource information on the current mobile relay is 20% or 0.2, then the current load of the first mobile relay can be determined to be 80% or 0.8.
接入移动中继的终端设备的数量也可用于确定负载,例如,终端设备的数量越多,说明负载越大。The number of terminal devices accessing the mobile relay can also be used to determine the load, for example, the greater the number of terminal devices, the greater the load.
例如,移动中继上报的负载信息为:接入该移动中继的终端设备的数量,AMF可以从签约数据或从其他网元或本地配置信息中获取允许接入该移动中继的终端数量的最大值。AMF根据允许接入该移动中继的终端数量的最大值以及当前接入该移动中继的终端的数量判断该该移动中继的负载。假设允许接入该移动中继的终端数量的最大值为1000个终端,当前接入该移动中继的终端的数量为800个终端,那么AMF可以计算出该移动中继的负载为80%或者0.8。当然,AMF也可将允许接入该移动中继的终端设备的最大值发送给接入网设备(可以理解,该接入网设备是移动中继所连接的接入网设备),由接入网设备来计算移动中继的负载。For example, the load information reported by the mobile relay is: the number of terminal devices accessing the mobile relay, and the AMF can obtain the number of terminals allowed to access the mobile relay from the subscription data or from other network elements or local configuration information. maximum value. The AMF judges the load of the mobile relay according to the maximum number of terminals allowed to access the mobile relay and the number of terminals currently accessing the mobile relay. Assuming that the maximum number of terminals allowed to access the mobile relay is 1000 terminals, and the number of terminals currently accessing the mobile relay is 800 terminals, then the AMF can calculate that the load of the mobile relay is 80% or 0.8. Of course, the AMF can also send the maximum value of terminal devices allowed to access the mobile relay to the access network device (it can be understood that the access network device is the access network device connected to the mobile relay), and the access network device network equipment to calculate the load of the mobile relay.
可以看到,无论各个移动中继上报的是已经占用的资源信息、剩余的资源信息,还是接入移动中继的终端设备的数量,都可被转换为负载,以便于与各自对应的负载门限来比较。本申请对用于表示负载信息的方法不做限定。It can be seen that no matter whether each mobile relay reports the occupied resource information, the remaining resource information, or the number of terminal devices connected to the mobile relay, it can be converted into load, so as to correspond to the corresponding load threshold to compare. This application does not limit the method used to represent the load information.
应理解,各个移动中继上报负载信息的周期可以由本领域技术人员根据实际需求设定,本申请对此不加以限定。It should be understood that the period for each mobile relay to report load information can be set by those skilled in the art according to actual needs, and this application does not limit it.
例如,各个移动中继将负载信息上报给各自连接的接入网设备。若步骤510至步骤520由第一接入网设备执行,则第一接入网设备可以直接根据接收到的负载信息执行步骤510和520。若步骤510至步骤520由AMF执行,则第一接入网设备可以将负载转发给AMF,再由AMF根据接收到的负载信息执行步骤510和520。For example, each mobile relay reports load information to its connected access network equipment. If steps 510 to 520 are performed by the first access network device, the first access network device may directly perform steps 510 and 520 according to the received load information. If steps 510 to 520 are performed by the AMF, the first access network device may forward the load to the AMF, and then the AMF performs steps 510 and 520 according to the received load information.
在AMF或第一接入网设备获取到各个移动中继的负载信息后,就可获知各个移动中继的负载,进而确定出负载过大的第一移动中继和能够作为第一移动中继的目标移动中继的第二移动中继。After the AMF or the first access network device obtains the load information of each mobile relay, it can know the load of each mobile relay, and then determine the first mobile relay with excessive load and the first mobile relay that can be used as the first mobile relay. The second mobile relay of the target mobile relay.
可以理解,AMF或第一接入网设备可以根据接收到的负载信息,确定出一个或多个负载过大的移动中继,这一个或多个负载过大的移动中继均为第一移动中继的示例。对于每个第一移动中继,AMF或第一接入网设备可以为其确定用于迁移终端设备的第 二移动中继。AMF或接入网设备可以一次性确定出一个或多个第一移动中继,然后针对每个第一移动中继确定第二移动中继;也可以每确定出一个第一移动中继,为其确定第二移动中继。本申请对于具体的实施过程不作限定。不失一般性,本文中以一个第一移动中继为例来描述本申请实施例提供的方法。It can be understood that the AMF or the first access network device may determine one or more mobile relays with excessive loads according to the received load information, and the one or more mobile relays with excessive loads are the first mobile Example of relay. For each first mobile relay, the AMF or the first access network device may determine for it a second mobile relay for migrating the terminal device. The AMF or the access network device may determine one or more first mobile relays at one time, and then determine a second mobile relay for each first mobile relay; or each time a first mobile relay is determined, for It determines the second mobile relay. This application does not limit the specific implementation process. Without loss of generality, a first mobile relay is taken as an example herein to describe the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,本申请对于步骤510和步骤520的执行顺序不作限定,例如可以先执行步骤510,再执行步骤520,也可以步骤510和步骤520同时执行,比如,可以同时获取第一移动中继和第二移动中继的负载,在确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限后,进一步确定负载低于预设门限,且与第一移动中继在某一时间段内的移动轨迹相同的第二移动中继。It should also be understood that this application does not limit the execution order of step 510 and step 520. For example, step 510 may be executed first, and then step 520 may be executed, or step 510 and step 520 may be executed at the same time. For example, the first mobile relay may be obtained at the same time and the load of the second mobile relay, after determining that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds the first preset threshold, it is further determined that the load is lower than the preset threshold, and the movement of the first mobile relay within a certain period of time The second mobile relay with the same trajectory.
如前所述,第二移动中继是负载小于第二预设门限,且在某一时间段内与第一移动中继的移动轨迹相同的移动中继。其中,时间段是具有起止时间点和时间长度的一个概念。为了便于理解和说明,本文中将第二移动中继的移动轨迹与第一移动中继的移动轨迹相同的一个持续时间段记为第一时间段。As mentioned above, the second mobile relay is a mobile relay whose load is smaller than the second preset threshold and whose movement trajectory is the same as that of the first mobile relay within a certain period of time. Wherein, the time period is a concept with start and end time points and time length. For ease of understanding and description, a continuous time period in which the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay is recorded as the first time period herein.
其中,移动中继的移动轨迹可以是指该移动中继移动所经过的位置点的集合。移动轨迹可以理解为移动中继移动的路径,该路径为矢量,具有方向。从该路径中可以看出移动中继从开始移动到移动结束所经过的所有位置点。在一种可实现的方式中,该移动轨迹可以包括移动中继在多个时间点的位置信息。按照时间先后顺序,将移动中继在各个时间点所在的位置点连接,可得到该移动中继移动的移动轨迹,就可获得该移动中继的移动轨迹。Wherein, the moving track of the mobile relay may refer to a collection of location points that the mobile relay passes through. The moving track can be understood as the moving path of the mobile relay, which is a vector and has a direction. From the path, it can be seen that all the location points passed by the mobile relay from the beginning to the end of the movement. In a practicable manner, the movement track may include location information of the mobile relay at multiple time points. According to the chronological order, the location points of the mobile relays at various time points are connected to obtain the moving track of the mobile relay, and the moving track of the mobile relay can be obtained.
移动轨迹相同具体可以是指两个或更多个移动中继的移动轨迹重合,或近似重合。所述近似重合例如可以是指该两个或更多个移动中继的位置点在预设的距离范围内。The same movement trajectory may specifically mean that the movement trajectories of two or more mobile relays are coincident, or nearly coincident. The approximate coincidence may refer to, for example, that the location points of the two or more mobile relays are within a preset distance range.
换言之,第一移动中继的移动轨迹和第二移动中继的移动轨迹在第一时间段相同,也就是,第一移动中继在第一时间段内任意一个时间点所在的位置点与第二移动中继在第一时间段内相同时间点所在的位置点的距离小于或等于预设的距离范围内。In other words, the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay and the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay are the same in the first time period, that is, the position of the first mobile relay at any time point in the first time period is the same as that of the second mobile relay. The distance between the location points of the second mobile relay at the same time point within the first time period is less than or equal to the preset distance range.
后文中为了简洁,在未作出特别说明的情况下,移动轨迹以及移动轨迹在某一时间段内相同均可参照上文描述来理解。In the following, for the sake of brevity, unless otherwise specified, the movement track and the movement track being the same within a certain period of time can be understood with reference to the above description.
步骤530:控制终端设备接入第二移动中继。Step 530: Control the terminal device to access the second mobile relay.
与前文相对应,在一种可能的实现方式中,步骤530可以由AMF执行。AMF在执行步骤530时,具体可以向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息,以便通过该第一接入网设备控制终端设备接入第二移动中继。Corresponding to the foregoing, in a possible implementation manner, step 530 may be performed by the AMF. When the AMF executes step 530, it may specifically send the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, so as to control the terminal device to access the second mobile relay through the first access network device.
例如,当第一移动中继和第二移动中继同时连接第一接入网设备相同时(即针对图3的场景),其中,该第二移动中继的信息可以是第二移动中继的标识(identifier,ID),或者是第二移动中继的小区信息。其中,该小区信息至少包括:频点或者频段。在本申请实施例中,该小区信息可用于将终端设备从第一移动中继重定向到第二移动中继。由于移动中继的ID与小区信息对应,故第一接入网设备可以基于来自AMF的第二移动中继的标识确定第二移动中继的小区信息。第一接入网设备可以进一步向终端设备发送第二移动中继的小区信息,以触发终端设备发起小区重定向,迁移到第二移动中继。后文中为了简洁,在未作出特别说明的情况下,小区信息均可参照上文描述来理解。For example, when the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are simultaneously connected to the same first access network device (that is, for the scenario in FIG. 3 ), the information about the second mobile relay may be the second mobile relay The identifier (identifier, ID), or the cell information of the second mobile relay. Wherein, the cell information at least includes: a frequency point or a frequency band. In this embodiment of the present application, the cell information may be used to redirect the terminal device from the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay. Since the ID of the mobile relay corresponds to the cell information, the first access network device can determine the cell information of the second mobile relay based on the identifier of the second mobile relay from the AMF. The first access network device may further send the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to initiate cell redirection and migrate to the second mobile relay. For the sake of brevity, unless otherwise specified, the cell information can be understood by referring to the above description.
当第一移动中继和第二移动中继连接的接入网设备不同时,针对图4的场景,其中,该第二移动中继的信息可以是第二移动中继的小区信息。该小区信息可用于将终端设备从第一移动中继重定向到第二移动中继。由于第一移动中继和第二移动中继连接的接入网设备不同,因此该场景下,AMF需要向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的小区信息。When the access network devices connected to the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are different, for the scenario in FIG. 4 , the information of the second mobile relay may be cell information of the second mobile relay. The cell information can be used to redirect the terminal device from the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay. Since the access network devices connected to the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are different, in this scenario, the AMF needs to send the cell information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,步骤530可以由第一接入网设备执行。第一接入网设备在执行步骤530时,可以向终端设备发送第二移动中继的小区信息,以触发终端设备发起小区重定向,迁移到第二移动中继。In another possible implementation manner, step 530 may be performed by the first access network device. When executing step 530, the first access network device may send the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to initiate cell redirection and migrate to the second mobile relay.
关于第一接入网设备如何获取到第二移动中继的小区信息的相关内容将在后文中结合不同的实施例做详细说明,此处暂且不作详述。Relevant content about how the first access network device obtains the cell information of the second mobile relay will be described in detail later in conjunction with different embodiments, and will not be described in detail here.
需要说明的是,该终端设备可以是请求从第一移动中继接入的终端设备,具体可以是已经成功从第一移动中继接入网络,因位置更新或者业务需要等原因需要再次发起接入的终端设备,也可以初始接入第一移动中继终端设备,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that the terminal device may be a terminal device that requests access from the first mobile relay, specifically, it may be a terminal device that has successfully accessed the network from the first mobile relay and needs to initiate the connection again due to location update or business needs. The incoming terminal device may also initially access the first mobile relay terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
基于上述方案,通过核心网设备或接入网设备确定出负载过大的移动中继和负载较小的移动中继,并且,从负载较小的移动中继中确定出与负载过大的移动中继在同一时间段内移动轨迹相同的移动中继,作为目标移动中继,从而控制终端设备从负载过大的移动中继迁移至负载较小的移动中继,实现了移动中继之间的负载均衡。通过在移动中继之间实现负载均衡,可以缓解个别负载过大的移动中继的压力,将一部分压力转移到负载较小的移动中继,有利于提高移动中继的性能,降低了对有线传输网络的部署要求,特别是在室内等不易部署有线传输网络的区域,有利于提高系统吞吐。此外,考虑到移动中继的高移动性,被选作目标移动中继的第二移动中继的移动轨迹在第一时间段内与第一移动中继相同,而且考虑到接入第一移动中继的终端设备通常具有与第一移动中继相同的移动轨迹(例如,第一移动中继和终端设备位于相同的车辆实体内部),因此,若将部分终端设备从第一移动中继迁移至第二移动中继,可以使得终端设备的业务连接在第一时间段内不受第二移动中继的移动性的影响,避免这部分终端设备因第二移动中继的位置变化而频繁地发起小区重选,从而可以避免因小区重选带来的信令开销和功耗的增加,减小对终端设备的正常通信的影响,有利于保障终端设备的传输性能。Based on the above solution, the mobile relay with excessive load and the mobile relay with small load are determined through the core network equipment or access network equipment, and the mobile relay with excessive load is determined from the mobile relay with small load. The mobile relay with the same moving trajectory in the same period of time is used as the target mobile relay, so as to control the migration of terminal equipment from the mobile relay with heavy load to the mobile relay with light load, and realize the communication between mobile relays. load balancing. By implementing load balancing between mobile relays, the pressure on individual mobile relays with excessive load can be relieved, and part of the pressure can be transferred to mobile relays with smaller loads, which is beneficial to improve the performance of mobile relays and reduce the impact on wired The deployment requirements of the transmission network, especially in areas where it is difficult to deploy a wired transmission network such as indoors, are conducive to improving system throughput. In addition, considering the high mobility of the mobile relay, the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is the same as that of the first mobile relay in the first time period, and considering the access to the first mobile Relayed terminal devices usually have the same movement trajectory as the first mobile relay (for example, the first mobile relay and terminal devices are located in the same vehicle entity), therefore, if some terminal devices are migrated from the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay, so that the service connection of the terminal equipment will not be affected by the mobility of the second mobile relay within the first time period, so as to prevent these terminal equipment from frequently Initiating cell reselection can avoid the increase of signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection, reduce the impact on normal communication of terminal equipment, and help ensure the transmission performance of terminal equipment.
下面,结合图6至图7描述AMF实现的本申请的通信方法。Next, the communication method of the present application implemented by the AMF will be described with reference to FIG. 6 to FIG. 7 .
图6是适用于本申请另一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 6 is a schematic flowchart applicable to a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
应当说明,方法600可适用于图3所示的终端设备在同一接入网设备下的移动中继之间迁移的情况。此情况下,第一移动中继和第二移动中继连接于同一个接入网设备,即第一接入网设备。It should be noted that the method 600 is applicable to the situation shown in FIG. 3 that the terminal equipment migrates between mobile relays under the same access network equipment. In this case, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to the same access network device, that is, the first access network device.
应理解,为了便于理解和示意,图6中仅示出了连接于AMF的第一接入网设备,以及连接于第一接入网设备的第一移动中继和第二移动中继,在实际应用中,第一接入网设备还可连接更多的移动中继,AMF也可连接更多的接入网设备。其中,图6中的接入网设备均指的是与移动中继通过无线回传链路相连接的donor RAN。It should be understood that, for ease of understanding and illustration, only the first access network device connected to the AMF, and the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay connected to the first access network device are shown in FIG. In practical applications, the first access network device can also be connected to more mobile relays, and the AMF can also be connected to more access network devices. Among them, the access network devices in Figure 6 all refer to the donor RAN connected to the mobile relay through a wireless backhaul link.
下面详细说明方法600中的各个步骤。Each step in the method 600 is described in detail below.
在步骤601中,第一移动中继和第二移动中继注册入网。In step 601, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay register into the network.
各个移动中继可通过该接入网设备发起注册流程实现入网。例如,各个移动中继的移动终端(mobile termination,MT)功能通过小区选择来接入网络。例如,第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能均可通过接入网设备发送注册请求消息来实现入网。Each mobile relay can access the network by initiating a registration process through the access network device. For example, a mobile terminal (mobile termination, MT) function of each mobile relay accesses the network through cell selection. For example, both the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay can implement network access by sending a registration request message from the access network device.
示例性地,第一移动中继和第二移动中继启动后,第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能均可向第一接入网设备发送注册请求消息。相应地,第一接入网设备在接收到注册请求消息后,可以分别为第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能选择AMF,将注册请求消息发送至所选择的AMF。由于第一移动中继和第二移动中继连接于同一接入网设备(即第一接入网设备),第一接入网设备可以为第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能选择相同的AMF,也就是说第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能注册的AMF通常为同一AMF。AMF在接收到第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能的注册请求消息后,可以通过第一接入网设备分别向第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能发送注册响应消息,以接受第一移动中继的MT功能的注册请求消息和第二移动中继的MT功能的注册请求消息。如此,第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能分别成功入网。Exemplarily, after the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are started, both the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay can send a registration request message to the first access network device. Correspondingly, after receiving the registration request message, the first access network device may select an AMF for the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay, and send the registration request message to the selected AMF . Since the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to the same access network device (that is, the first access network device), the first access network device can be the MT function of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay The MT function of the relay selects the same AMF, that is to say, the AMF registered by the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay is usually the same AMF. After receiving the registration request message of the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay, the AMF can register the MT function of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay respectively through the first access network device. The MT function of the relay sends a registration response message to accept the registration request message of the MT function of the first mobile relay and the registration request message of the MT function of the second mobile relay. In this way, the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay successfully access the network respectively.
应理解,在第一移动中继和第二移动中继的注册过程中,AMF可以分别为第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能分配临时标识(identifier,ID),并记录每个移动中继所连接的接入网设备。比如,在本实施例中,AMF可以记录第一移动中继的MT功能的上下文信息,如第一移动中继的MT功能的临时标识与第一接入网设备的ID的对应关系,以及第二移动中继的MT功能的上下文信息,如第二移动中继的MT功能的临时标识与第一接入网设备的对应关系。It should be understood that during the registration process of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay, the AMF may assign a temporary identifier (identifier, ID) to the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay respectively, And record the access network equipment connected to each mobile relay. For example, in this embodiment, the AMF may record the context information of the MT function of the first mobile relay, such as the correspondence between the temporary identifier of the MT function of the first mobile relay and the ID of the first access network device, and the The context information of the MT function of the second mobile relay, such as the correspondence between the temporary identifier of the MT function of the second mobile relay and the first access network device.
作为一种实现方式,移动中继的MT功能的临时标识可以是全局唯一的临时标识(globally unique temporary identity,GUTI),该第一接入网设备的ID可以是全局RAN节点标识(Global RAN Node ID)。As an implementation, the temporary identity of the MT function of the mobile relay can be a globally unique temporary identity (globally unique temporary identity, GUTI), and the ID of the first access network device can be a global RAN node identity (Global RAN Node ID).
应理解,第一接入网设备分别接收到第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能的注册请求消息后,第一接入网设备可以分别为第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能分配RAN UE NGAP ID,该RAN UE NGAP ID用于第一接入网设备分别标识第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能。其中,NGAP为下一代应用协议(next generation application protocol)。第一接入网设备在本地存储为第一移动中继的MT功能分配的RAN UE NGAP ID以及为第二移动中继的MT功能分配的RAN UE NGAP ID。此外,第一接入网设备还可以将各移动中继的MT功能对应的RAN UE NGAP ID发给AMF,AMF将该RAN UE NGAP ID保存在各移动中继的MT功能的上下文中。It should be understood that after the first access network device respectively receives the registration request messages of the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay, the first access network device may be the registration request message of the MT function of the first mobile relay respectively. The MT function and the MT function of the second mobile relay are assigned a RAN UE NGAP ID, and the RAN UE NGAP ID is used by the first access network device to respectively identify the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay. Among them, NGAP is the next generation application protocol (next generation application protocol). The first access network device locally stores the RAN UE NGAP ID allocated for the MT function of the first mobile relay and the RAN UE NGAP ID allocated for the MT function of the second mobile relay. In addition, the first access network device may also send the RAN UE NGAP ID corresponding to the MT function of each mobile relay to the AMF, and the AMF stores the RAN UE NGAP ID in the context of the MT function of each mobile relay.
还应理解,本申请实施例中,第一移动中继和第二移动中继注册入网的含义,跟第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能注册入网的含义相同。AMF分别为第一移动中继的MT功能和第二移动中继的MT功能分配临时标识的含义,跟AMF分别为第一移动中继和第二移动中继分配临时标识的含义相同。It should also be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, the meaning of registering the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay into the network is the same as the meaning of registering the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay into the network. The meaning of the AMF assigning temporary identities to the MT function of the first mobile relay and the MT function of the second mobile relay respectively is the same as the meaning of assigning temporary identities to the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay respectively by the AMF.
后文中为了简洁,在未作出特别说明的情况下,移动中继的MT功能执行动作的描述也可以简单地理解为是移动中继的执行动作,换句话说,本申请实施例中“移动中继的MT功能”也可以简单替换为“移动中继”。In the following, for the sake of brevity, unless otherwise specified, the description of the MT function execution actions of the mobile relay can also be simply understood as the execution actions of the mobile relay. "MT function of relay" can also be simply replaced with "mobile relay".
还应理解,关于注册流程的具体内容可参照现有终端设备的入网流程,为了简洁,此处不做赘述。It should also be understood that the specific content of the registration process can refer to the network access process of the existing terminal equipment, and for the sake of brevity, details are not described here.
还应理解,终端设备也可采用上述方法进行注册入网。即,终端设备可通过小区选择连接到自己所想要连接的移动中继上,并向该移动中继发送注册请求消息,由移动中继将该注册请求消息发送至接入网设备,再由接入网设备为其选择AMF,并将注册请求消息转发至选择的AMF,以实现终端设备的入网。相应地,AMF也可以为请求注册的终端分配临时ID,并记录终端设备的ID(如AMF分配的临时ID)、所连接的移动中继的ID(如上述AMF分配的临时ID)和接入网设备的ID之间的对应关系。It should also be understood that the terminal device may also use the above method to register and access the network. That is, the terminal device can connect to the mobile relay it wants to connect to through cell selection, and send a registration request message to the mobile relay, and the mobile relay sends the registration request message to the access network device, and then the The access network device selects an AMF for it, and forwards the registration request message to the selected AMF, so as to realize the network access of the terminal device. Correspondingly, AMF can also assign a temporary ID to the terminal requesting registration, and record the ID of the terminal device (such as the temporary ID assigned by AMF), the ID of the connected mobile relay (such as the temporary ID assigned by AMF) and the access Correspondence between IDs of network devices.
此外,如果终端设备/移动中继的MT功能是初始入网,即该终端设备/移动中继的MT功能之前未成功注册到网络中,那么采用上述方法注册入网的流程可以称为初始注册流程。如果终端设备/移动中继的MT功能已经成功注册到网络中,由于移动性或者周期性注册更新等原因,触发终端设备/移动中继的MT功能再次发起注册请求,那么该注册流程可以称为注册更新流程。在前者的实现方式中,终端设备/移动中继的MT功能所发送的注册请求消息中均携带了各自的永久标识,如国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identification number,IMSI)。在后者的实现方式中,终端设备/移动中继的MT功能所发送的注册请求消息中均携带了各自的临时ID,如AMF分配的GUTI。In addition, if the MT function of the terminal device/mobile relay is the initial network access, that is, the MT function of the terminal device/mobile relay has not been successfully registered in the network before, then the process of registering to the network using the above method can be called the initial registration process. If the MT function of the terminal device/mobile relay has been successfully registered in the network, due to reasons such as mobility or periodic registration update, the MT function of the terminal device/mobile relay is triggered to initiate a registration request again, then the registration process can be called Registration update process. In the former implementation, the registration request message sent by the MT function of the terminal device/mobile relay carries its own permanent identifier, such as an international mobile subscriber identification number (IMSI). In the latter implementation, the registration request messages sent by the MT function of the terminal device/mobile relay all carry their respective temporary IDs, such as the GUTI allocated by the AMF.
在步骤602中,AMF获取第一移动中继的负载和第二移动中继的负载。In step 602, the AMF obtains the load of the first mobile relay and the load of the second mobile relay.
随着接入各个移动中继的终端设备的数量越来越多,各个移动中继可按照预设时间间隔向AMF上报各自的负载信息。例如,在本实施例中,第一移动中继和第二移动中继可以将各自的负载信息上报给AMF,以便于AMF确定第一移动中继的负载和第二移动中继的负载。As the number of terminal devices accessing each mobile relay increases, each mobile relay may report its load information to the AMF at a preset time interval. For example, in this embodiment, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay may report their respective load information to the AMF, so that the AMF may determine the load of the first mobile relay and the load of the second mobile relay.
应理解,负载可以理解为该移动中继当前已经被占用的资源,数值越大,则表示该移动中继上当前已经被占用的资源越多,说明该移动中继的负载越大。It should be understood that the load can be understood as the currently occupied resources of the mobile relay, and the larger the value, the more resources currently occupied by the mobile relay, which means the greater the load of the mobile relay.
应理解,各移动中继向AMF上报负载信息的过程可以是相同的,下文以第一移动中继为例来详细说明步骤602。AMF获取第二移动中继的负载的过程也可参照如下方式来实现。It should be understood that the process of reporting load information to the AMF by each mobile relay may be the same, and step 602 will be described in detail below by taking the first mobile relay as an example. The process for the AMF to obtain the load of the second mobile relay may also be implemented by referring to the following manner.
一种可能的实现方式是,第一移动中继的MT功能可以将负载信息携带在NAS消息中,并通过第一接入网设备将该NAS消息发送给AMF。A possible implementation manner is that the MT function of the first mobile relay may carry the load information in the NAS message, and send the NAS message to the AMF through the first access network device.
即,步骤602具体可以包括步骤602a:That is, step 602 may specifically include step 602a:
第一移动中继的MT功能经由第一接入网设备向AMF发送NAS消息,该NAS消息包括负载信息。示例性地,该NAS消息可以是注册更新消息。The MT function of the first mobile relay sends a NAS message to the AMF via the first access network device, where the NAS message includes load information. Exemplarily, the NAS message may be a registration update message.
其中,该负载信息可以包括当前移动中继上已经占用的资源信息、剩余的资源信息或接入第一移动中继的终端设备的数量。Wherein, the load information may include resource information already occupied on the current mobile relay, remaining resource information, or the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay.
AMF在接收到该NAS消息后,就可基于其中携带的负载信息获取第一移动中继的负载。AMF基于负载信息获取负载的具体方式可参看上文方法500中的相关说明, 此处不再赘述。After receiving the NAS message, the AMF can acquire the load of the first mobile relay based on the load information carried in it. For the specific manner for the AMF to obtain the load based on the load information, refer to the relevant description in the method 500 above, and will not be repeated here.
可选地,该NAS消息中还包括:第一移动中继的MT功能的ID。如此,第一接入网设备和AMF就可获知是哪个移动中继发送的负载。Optionally, the NAS message also includes: the ID of the MT function of the first mobile relay. In this way, the first access network device and the AMF can know which mobile relay sends the load.
另一种可能的实现方式是,第一移动中继的MT功能可以将负载信息携带在RRC消息中发送给第一接入网设备,第一接入网设备基于接收到的RRC消息中的负载信息确定第一移动中继的负载,并将第一移动中继的负载携带在N2消息中发送给AMF。Another possible implementation is that, the MT function of the first mobile relay can carry the load information in the RRC message and send it to the first access network device, and the first access network device based on the load information in the received RRC message The information determines the load of the first mobile relay, and carries the load of the first mobile relay in the N2 message and sends it to the AMF.
即,步骤602具体包括步骤602b:That is, step 602 specifically includes step 602b:
第一移动中继的MT功能向第一接入网设备发送RRC消息,该RRC消息包括第一移动中继的负载信息,该负载信息可以为负载(如,百分比、小数等可用于表示负载的值)或接入第一移动中继的终端设备数量;The MT function of the first mobile relay sends an RRC message to the first access network device, and the RRC message includes load information of the first mobile relay, and the load information may be a load (such as a percentage, a decimal, etc., value) or the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay;
第一接入网设备向AMF发送N2消息,该N2消息中携带第一移动中继的负载或接入第一移动中继的终端设备的数量。The first access network device sends an N2 message to the AMF, where the N2 message carries the load of the first mobile relay or the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay.
第一接入网设备接收到RRC消息后,可以根据RRC消息中携带的负载信息,确定第一移动中继的负载。例如,若第一移动中继上报了负载,则AMF可直接从NAS消息中获取到第一移动中继的负载。若第一移动中继上报了接入第一移动中继的终端设备的数量,则第一接入网设备可以根据NAS消息中携带的接入第一移动中继的终端设备的数量自行计算第一移动中继的负载。当然,第一接入网设备也可以不计算第一移动中继的负载,直接将接入第一移动中继的终端设备的数量上报给AMF,以便AMF计算第一移动中继的负载。After receiving the RRC message, the first access network device may determine the load of the first mobile relay according to the load information carried in the RRC message. For example, if the first mobile relay reports the load, the AMF can directly obtain the load of the first mobile relay from the NAS message. If the first mobile relay reports the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay, the first access network device can calculate the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay carried in the NAS message by itself. A mobile relay load. Of course, the first access network device may not calculate the load of the first mobile relay, and directly report the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay to the AMF, so that the AMF can calculate the load of the first mobile relay.
此外,第一接入网设备可以确定发送该RRC消息的第一移动中继的ID,根据RRC消息中的负载信息和移动中继的ID,生成N2消息,将该N2消息发送给AMF。In addition, the first access network device may determine the ID of the first mobile relay that sends the RRC message, generate an N2 message according to the load information in the RRC message and the ID of the mobile relay, and send the N2 message to the AMF.
需要说明的是,每个移动中继与接入网设备之间具有各自对应的通信链路,并且,在提前建立通信链路时,移动中继就会与接入网设备之间交换信息,如移动中继会告诉接入网设备自己的ID。因此,即使接入网设备接收的RRC消息中,未携带移动中继的标识,接入网设备也可根据与移动中继之间所对应的通信链路获知到是哪个移动中继上报的负载,进而可获知该移动中继的ID。It should be noted that each mobile relay has its own corresponding communication link with the access network device, and when the communication link is established in advance, the mobile relay will exchange information with the access network device, For example, the mobile relay will tell the access network device its own ID. Therefore, even if the RRC message received by the access network device does not carry the identifier of the mobile relay, the access network device can also know which mobile relay reported the load according to the corresponding communication link with the mobile relay. , and then the ID of the mobile relay can be obtained.
应理解,上文所列举的第一移动中继上报负载信息的实现方式仅为示例,用于承载负载信息的信令也为示例,本申请对此不作任何限定。It should be understood that the implementation manner of reporting the load information by the first mobile relay listed above is only an example, and the signaling used to carry the load information is also an example, which is not limited in this application.
为了便于AMF更准确的为第一移动中继确定出对应的第二移动中继,可选地,第一移动中继和第二移动中继还可将各自的移动轨迹上报给AMF。一种可能的设计是,各移动中继在通过上述步骤602上报负载信息的同时,也上报移动轨迹。即,移动轨迹可以携带在NAS消息或RRC消息中。In order for the AMF to more accurately determine the corresponding second mobile relay for the first mobile relay, optionally, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay may also report their respective moving trajectories to the AMF. A possible design is that each mobile relay also reports the movement trajectory while reporting the load information through the above step 602 . That is, the movement track can be carried in a NAS message or an RRC message.
可以理解的是,对于线路固定的公交车或者火车等,其上搭载的移动中继的移动轨迹是已知的且可预先配置在车辆所搭载的移动中继上的。因此,这些移动中继就可将自己的移动轨迹包含在NAS消息或RRC消息中以进行上报。It can be understood that, for a bus or a train with a fixed route, the movement trajectory of the mobile relay carried on it is known and can be pre-configured on the mobile relay mounted on the vehicle. Therefore, these mobile relays can include their own moving tracks in NAS messages or RRC messages for reporting.
而对于移动轨迹不固定的移动中继而言,可能无法预先上报移动轨迹,AMF可采用如下方式获取移动轨迹:以第一移动中继的移动轨迹为例,AMF在步骤601接收到来自第一移动中继的MT功能发送的注册请求消息后,可以对第一移动中继的MT功能进行定位(即AMF对该MT功能触发定位流程),如以预设的时间间隔获取移动中 继的MT功能的位置信息,从而在持续定位一段时间后便可得到相应的移动轨迹。若AMF在获取负载的过程中,第一移动中继的MT功能并没有上报移动轨迹,则AMF可在本地查询提前定位出来的移动轨迹,从而获取到第一移动中继的移动轨迹。通常来说,道路、铁路的路线是固定的。车辆等在处于某一道路、铁路中时,其未来一段时间内的移动方向也基本可以确定。因此,第一移动中继在未来一段时间内的移动轨迹可以基于当前的位置及其历史的移动轨迹来预测。示例性地,第一移动中继在未来一段时间内的移动轨迹可以通过网络数据分析功能网元(network data analytics function,NWDAF)来预测。例如,AMF可以将获取到的该第一移动中继的当前的位置信息和历史的移动轨迹发送给NWDAF,NWDAF结合该第一移动中继当前所在的位置,历史的移动轨迹,预测该第一移动中继未来一段时间内的移动轨迹,并将预测到的移动轨迹发送给AMF。For a mobile relay whose moving track is not fixed, it may not be possible to report the moving track in advance, and the AMF can obtain the moving track in the following way: Taking the moving track of the first mobile relay as an example, the AMF receives the After the registration request message sent by the MT function of the relay, the MT function of the first mobile relay can be located (that is, the AMF triggers the positioning process for the MT function), such as obtaining the MT function of the mobile relay at a preset time interval location information, so that the corresponding movement trajectory can be obtained after a period of continuous positioning. If the MT function of the first mobile relay does not report the movement trajectory during the process of obtaining the load by the AMF, the AMF can locally query the movement trajectory located in advance to obtain the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay. Generally speaking, the routes of roads and railways are fixed. When a vehicle is on a certain road or railway, its moving direction for a period of time in the future can basically be determined. Therefore, the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within a period of time in the future can be predicted based on the current location and its historical movement trajectory. Exemplarily, the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within a period of time in the future may be predicted by a network data analysis function (network data analytics function, NWDAF). For example, AMF may send the acquired current location information and historical movement trajectory of the first mobile relay to NWDAF, and NWDAF predicts the first mobile relay based on the current location and historical movement trajectory of the first mobile relay. The mobile relays the movement trajectory in a period of time in the future, and sends the predicted movement trajectory to the AMF.
应理解,AMF获取第二移动中继的移动轨迹的过程也可参照如上方式来实现,不做赘述。还应理解,第一移动中继的MT功能的移动轨迹就是第一移动中继的移动轨迹。AMF对第一移动中继的MT功能进行定位可以理解为AMF对第一移动中继进行定位。It should be understood that the process for the AMF to acquire the movement track of the second mobile relay may also be implemented with reference to the above manner, and details are not described here. It should also be understood that the movement trajectory of the MT function of the first mobile relay is the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay. The AMF positioning the MT function of the first mobile relay may be understood as the AMF positioning the first mobile relay.
在步骤603中,AMF确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限。In step 603, the AMF determines that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold.
在步骤604中,AMF确定第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,且第二移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与第一移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同。In step 604, the AMF determines that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay in the first time period is the same as that of the first mobile relay in the first time period The movement trajectory is the same.
应理解,步骤603至步骤604的执行过程与前述步骤501至步骤502中AMF的执行过程相同,具体执行过程参照前述步骤501至步骤502,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the execution process of step 603 to step 604 is the same as the execution process of the AMF in the foregoing step 501 to step 502, and the specific execution process refers to the foregoing step 501 to step 502, which will not be repeated here.
在步骤605中,AMF向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息。In step 605, the AMF sends the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device.
在AMF确定出第一移动中继和第二移动中继后,就可向接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息。该第二移动中继的信息可用于将终端设备接入第二移动中继。After the AMF determines the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay, it can send the information of the second mobile relay to the access network device. The information of the second mobile relay can be used to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay.
作为一种实现方式,AMF可以向第一接入网设备发送N2消息,该N2消息携带第二移动中继的信息。例如,该N2消息可以是UE上下文修改请求(UE Context Modification Request)消息。As an implementation manner, the AMF may send an N2 message to the first access network device, where the N2 message carries information about the second mobile relay. For example, the N2 message may be a UE Context Modification Request (UE Context Modification Request) message.
如前所述,第二移动中继的信息可以是第二移动中继的MT功能的ID,也可以是第二移动中继的小区信息。实例性的,第二移动中继的MT功能的ID可以是RAN UE NGAP ID,该ID是在步骤601过程中,第一接入网设备为第二移动中继的MT功能分配的,用于第一接入网设备来标识第二移动中继的MT功能。该ID可以用于第一接入网设备确定是哪个移动中继。由于终端设备需要根据第二移动中继的小区信息进行小区重选,如果AMF将第二移动中继的ID发送给第一接入网设备,第一接入网设备可以基于该ID,从本地存储的移动中继与小区信息的对应关系中查找该第二移动中继的小区信息。进一步地,AMF还可以将控制终端设备迁移至第二移动中继设置一个有效时长,例如记为第一时长。可选地,该方法还包括步骤606,AMF向第一接入网设备发送该第一时长。As mentioned above, the information of the second mobile relay may be the ID of the MT function of the second mobile relay, or the cell information of the second mobile relay. Exemplarily, the ID of the MT function of the second mobile relay may be RAN UE NGAP ID, and the ID is allocated by the first access network device for the MT function of the second mobile relay in the process of step 601, for The first access network device identifies the MT function of the second mobile relay. The ID can be used by the first access network device to determine which mobile relay it is. Since the terminal device needs to perform cell reselection according to the cell information of the second mobile relay, if the AMF sends the ID of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, the first access network device can The cell information of the second mobile relay is searched from the stored correspondence between the mobile relay and the cell information. Further, the AMF may also set a valid time period for controlling the migration of the terminal device to the second mobile relay, for example, record it as the first time period. Optionally, the method further includes step 606, where the AMF sends the first duration to the first access network device.
一种可能的设计是,第一时长小于或等于第一时间段的时长。由于第一移动中继和第二移动中继在第一时间段的移动轨迹相同,若将第一时长控制在第一时间段的时长范围内,可以有效避免在第二移动中继与第一移动中继距离较远或移动轨迹不同的 情况下,仍将终端设备重定向到第二移动中继可能带来的频繁发起小区重选、传输性能下降等问题。A possible design is that the first duration is less than or equal to the duration of the first time period. Since the movement trajectories of the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are the same in the first time period, if the first duration is controlled within the duration range of the first time period, it can effectively avoid In the case that the mobile relay is far away or the moving trajectory is different, redirecting the terminal device to the second mobile relay may cause frequent cell reselection, transmission performance degradation and other problems.
第一接入网设备可以在接收到第一时长后开始计时。只要第一接入网设备在该第一时长未超时之前,接收到终端设备希望通过第一移动中继接入网络的请求,便可将该终端设备接入第二移动中继。The first access network device may start timing after receiving the first duration. As long as the first access network device receives a request from a terminal device to access the network through the first mobile relay before the first time period expires, the terminal device can access the second mobile relay.
应理解,第二移动中继的信息和第一时长可以携带在同一信令中,或者,也可以携带在不同信令中,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the information of the second mobile relay and the first duration may be carried in the same signaling, or may also be carried in different signalings, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在步骤607中,第一接入网设备接收到来自终端设备的RRC建立请求(RRC setup request)消息。In step 607, the first access network device receives an RRC setup request (RRC setup request) message from the terminal device.
对于处于RRC空闲(idle)态的终端设备,该终端设备可以经由第一移动中继向第一接入网设备发送RRC建立请求(RRC setup request)消息。也就是说,该终端设备希望通过第一移动中继接入网络。For a terminal device in an RRC idle (idle) state, the terminal device may send an RRC setup request (RRC setup request) message to the first access network device via the first mobile relay. That is to say, the terminal device wishes to access the network through the first mobile relay.
在步骤608中,第一接入网设备基于第一时长,确定将终端设备接入第二移动中继。In step 608, the first access network device determines to access the terminal device to the second mobile relay based on the first duration.
若第一接入网设备收到了来自终端设备的RRC建立请求消息,第一接入网设备可以根据第一时长和接收到来自第一移动中继的RRC消息(即,上述终端设备通过第一移动终端发送的RRC建立请求消息)的时间点,确定该时间点是否还落在第一时长这一有效时长的范围内,或者说,第一时长是否未超时。若未超时,则可确定将该终端设备接入第二移动中继。If the first access network device receives the RRC establishment request message from the terminal device, the first access network device may receive the RRC message from the first mobile relay according to the first duration (that is, the above-mentioned terminal device passes the first The time point of the RRC establishment request message sent by the mobile terminal), and determine whether the time point still falls within the range of the effective time length of the first time length, or in other words, whether the first time length has not expired. If it is not timed out, it may be determined to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay.
在步骤609中,第一接入网设备通过第一移动中继向终端设备发送RRC拒绝消息,该RRC拒绝消息携带第二移动中继的小区信息。In step 609, the first access network device sends an RRC rejection message to the terminal device through the first mobile relay, where the RRC rejection message carries cell information of the second mobile relay.
若第一接入网设备收到了来自终端设备的RRC建立请求消息,且确定将该终端设备重定向到第二移动中继,则第一接入网设备向该终端设备发送RRC拒绝(RRC reject)消息。该第二移动中继的频点(即,小区信息的一例)例如可以携带在第一接入网设备发送给终端设备的RRC拒绝(RRC reject)消息。比如在该RRC拒绝消息中的重定向载波信息(redirectedCarrierInfo)字段承载第二移动中继的频点。该RRC拒绝消息用于将终端设备重定向到该redirectedCarrierInfo字段所指示的频点的小区,即重定向到第二移动中继所在的小区。If the first access network device receives the RRC establishment request message from the terminal device and determines to redirect the terminal device to the second mobile relay, the first access network device sends an RRC reject (RRC reject )information. The frequency point of the second mobile relay (that is, an example of cell information) may carry, for example, an RRC reject (RRC reject) message sent to the terminal device by the first access network device. For example, the redirected carrier information (redirectedCarrierInfo) field in the RRC rejection message carries the frequency point of the second mobile relay. The RRC rejection message is used to redirect the terminal device to the cell of the frequency indicated by the redirectedCarrierInfo field, that is, to redirect to the cell where the second mobile relay is located.
应理解,第一接入网设备不但可以在处于RRC空闲态的终端设备请求通过第一移动中继接入网络时,将其重定向到第二移动中继的小区,还可以将连接于第一移动中继的部分终端设备重定向第二移动中继。图6中虽然未示出,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。It should be understood that the first access network device can not only redirect the terminal device in the RRC idle state to the cell of the second mobile relay when it requests to access the network through the first mobile relay, but also redirect it to the cell connected to the second mobile relay. Some terminal devices of a mobile relay redirect the second mobile relay. Although not shown in FIG. 6 , this should not constitute any limitation to the present application.
示例性地,对于处于RRC连接态的终端设备,若该终端设备已经由第一移动中继接入了第一接入网设备,那么第一接入网设备也可以根据本地策略确定需要将哪些终端设备重定向到目标移动中继。换言之,对于RRC连接态的终端设备并不一定需要向第一接入网设备发送消息,如步骤607中的RRC建立请求消息,便可被重定向到第二移动中继。Exemplarily, for a terminal device in the RRC connection state, if the terminal device has accessed the first access network device through the first mobile relay, then the first access network device may also determine which The end device is redirected to the target mobile relay. In other words, the terminal device in the RRC connected state does not necessarily need to send a message to the first access network device, such as the RRC establishment request message in step 607, it can be redirected to the second mobile relay.
与此相对应,第一接入网设备可以在步骤609中,向该终端设备发送RRC释放(RRC release)消息。该第二移动中继的频点(即,小区信息的一例)例如可以携带 在第一接入网设备发送给终端设备的RRC释放消息中。比如在该RRC释放消息中的redirectedCarrierInfo字段承载第二移动中继的频点。该RRC释放消息用于将终端设备重定向到该redirectedCarrierInfo字段所指示的频点的小区,即重定向到第二移动中继所在的小区。Correspondingly, the first access network device may send an RRC release (RRC release) message to the terminal device in step 609. The frequency point of the second mobile relay (that is, an example of cell information) may be carried, for example, in the RRC release message sent by the first access network device to the terminal device. For example, the redirectedCarrierInfo field in the RRC release message carries the frequency point of the second mobile relay. The RRC release message is used to redirect the terminal equipment to the cell of the frequency point indicated by the redirectedCarrierInfo field, that is, to redirect the terminal equipment to the cell where the second mobile relay is located.
在步骤610中,终端设备进行小区重选。In step 610, the terminal device performs cell reselection.
接收到第二移动中继的小区信息的终端设备可以基于该第二移动中继的小区信息,进行小区重选,选择到第二移动中继的小区,并可通过执行注册请求流程实现入网。The terminal device that has received the cell information of the second mobile relay can perform cell reselection based on the cell information of the second mobile relay, select the cell of the second mobile relay, and realize network access by executing a registration request process.
如此一来,该终端设备便可以通过第二移动中继接入网络,由此避免了对第一移动中级的负载的加重。In this way, the terminal device can access the network through the second mobile relay, thereby avoiding increasing the load on the first mobile intermediate stage.
上述步骤605至步骤610的过程详细描述了AMF以移动中继为粒度来控制终端设备接入第二移动中继。AMF不管是否接收到终端设备通过第一移动中继接入网络的注册请求消息,都将第二移动中继的信息发送给第一接入网设备,在后续一段时间(如第一时长)内,只要有终端设备希望通过第一移动中继接入网络,便可以被迁移至第二移动中继。应理解,在第一时长超时后,第一移动中继仍然能够在终端设备和第一接入网设备之间提供中继服务。The above process from step 605 to step 610 describes in detail that the AMF controls the terminal device to access the second mobile relay at the granularity of the mobile relay. Regardless of whether the AMF receives the registration request message for the terminal device to access the network through the first mobile relay, it will send the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, and within a subsequent period of time (such as the first duration) , as long as a terminal device wishes to access the network through the first mobile relay, it can be migrated to the second mobile relay. It should be understood that after the first duration expires, the first mobile relay can still provide the relay service between the terminal device and the first access network device.
需要说明的是,上文所示例的流程中,在确定出第一移动中继的负载较大,且可以对其进行负载均衡之后,AMF便可以将第二移动中继的信息发送给第一接入网设备。基于此,第一接入网设备便可以将发起接入第一移动中继的终端设备接入到第二移动中继。该流程以移动中继为粒度,控制终端设备接入到第二移动中继,实现负载均衡。但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请实施例对于具体的实现方式不作限定。It should be noted that, in the process shown above, after it is determined that the load of the first mobile relay is relatively large and load balancing can be performed on it, the AMF can send the information of the second mobile relay to the first mobile relay. access network equipment. Based on this, the first access network device can connect the terminal device that initiates access to the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay. The process takes the mobile relay as the granularity, controls the terminal equipment to access the second mobile relay, and realizes load balancing. But this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner.
例如,在另一种实现方式中,AMF在确定了第二移动中继之后,可以暂不执行步骤605向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息的步骤,而是在接收到步骤607中来自终端设备的注册请求(应理解,该注册请求由第一接入网设备发送至AMF,且携带了第一移动中继的标识)之后,确定有终端设备请求从第一移动中继接入,这时AMF才基于接收到的注册请求执行步骤605,将第二移动中继的信息发送给第一接入网设备(如,通过N2消息)发送第二移动中继的信息。换言之,此流程中的步骤607可以包括:终端设备向第一接入网设备发送注册请求消息,以及第一接入网设备将接收到的注册请求消息发送至AMF,且该步骤607可以在步骤605之前执行。此后,第一接入网设备可根据接收到的第二移动中继的标识确定出第二移动中继的信息,继而直接执行步骤609中向终端设备发送第二移动中继的小区信息的步骤,以触发终端设备执行步骤610进行小区重选。For example, in another implementation manner, after the AMF determines the second mobile relay, it may temporarily not perform the step of sending the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device in step 605, but after receiving After the registration request from the terminal device in step 607 (it should be understood that the registration request is sent to the AMF by the first access network device and carries the identity of the first mobile relay), it is determined that there is a terminal device requesting from the first mobile relay. Then, the AMF executes step 605 based on the received registration request, and sends the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device (for example, through the N2 message) to send the information of the second mobile relay. In other words, step 607 in this process may include: the terminal device sends a registration request message to the first access network device, and the first access network device sends the received registration request message to the AMF, and this step 607 may be in step Execute before 605. Afterwards, the first access network device can determine the information of the second mobile relay according to the received identifier of the second mobile relay, and then directly perform the step of sending the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device in step 609 , to trigger the terminal device to execute step 610 to perform cell reselection.
又例如,在又一种实现方式中,AMF在接收到各移动中继的负载之后,可以暂不执行步骤603至步骤605,而是在接收到步骤607中来自终端设备的注册请求消息(应理解,该注册请求消息由第一接入网设备发送至AMF,且携带了第一移动中继的标识),确定有终端设备请求从第一移动中继接入,才基于接收到的注册请求消息执行步骤603至步骤605,确定出第一移动中继的负载过大,且可以将接入第一移动中继的终端设备迁移到第二移动中继,并向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息。换言之,此流程中的步骤607可以包括:终端设备向第一接入网设备发送注册请求消息,以及第一接入网设备将接收到的注册请求消息发送给AMF,且该步骤607可以在步骤603、 步骤604和步骤605之前执行。此后,第一接入网设备可以根据接收到的第二移动中继的标识确定出第二移动中继的信息,继而直接执行步骤609中向终端设备发送第二移动中继的小区信息的步骤,以触发终端设备执行步骤610进行小区重选。For another example, in yet another implementation, after the AMF receives the load of each mobile relay, it may temporarily not perform steps 603 to 605, but after receiving the registration request message from the terminal device in step 607 (should It is understood that the registration request message is sent to the AMF by the first access network device, and carries the identifier of the first mobile relay), and it is determined that there is a terminal device requesting to access from the first mobile relay, and then based on the received registration request The message executes steps 603 to 605, and it is determined that the load of the first mobile relay is too large, and the terminal equipment connected to the first mobile relay can be migrated to the second mobile relay, and send the message to the first access network equipment Information of the second mobile relay. In other words, step 607 in this process may include: the terminal device sends a registration request message to the first access network device, and the first access network device sends the received registration request message to the AMF, and this step 607 may be performed in step Execute before step 603, step 604 and step 605. Thereafter, the first access network device may determine the information of the second mobile relay according to the received identifier of the second mobile relay, and then directly perform the step of sending the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device in step 609 , to trigger the terminal device to execute step 610 to perform cell reselection.
可以看到,在上文提供的另两种实现方式中,第一接入网设备在确定有终端设备请求从第一移动中继接入之后,且将该终端设备的注册请求消息发送至AMF之后,才从AMF获取第二移动中继的信息,将终端设备接入第二移动中继。此流程以终端设备为粒度,控制终端设备接入到第二移动中继,实现负载均衡。因此,AMF可以不必向第一接入网设备发送第一时长,即,步骤606可以不执行。It can be seen that in the other two implementations provided above, after the first access network device determines that there is a terminal device requesting access from the first mobile relay, it sends the registration request message of the terminal device to the AMF Afterwards, the information of the second mobile relay is obtained from the AMF, and the terminal device is connected to the second mobile relay. This process takes the terminal device as the granularity, controls the terminal device to access the second mobile relay, and realizes load balancing. Therefore, the AMF may not need to send the first duration to the first access network device, that is, step 606 may not be executed.
应理解,图6中仅为示例,示出了以中继节点为粒度来控制终端设备接入第二移动中继的过程。本申请对于具体实施方式以及各步骤的执行先后顺序均不作限定。It should be understood that FIG. 6 is only an example, and shows a process of controlling the access of the terminal device to the second mobile relay at the granularity of the relay node. The present application does not limit the specific implementation manner and the execution order of each step.
基于上述方案,通过AMF确定出负载过大的移动中继和负载较小的移动中继,并且,从负载较小的移动中继中确定出与负载过大的移动中继在同一时间段内移动轨迹相同的移动中继,作为目标移动中继,从而控制终端设备从负载过大的移动中继迁移至负载较小的移动中继,实现了移动中继之间的负载均衡。通过在移动中继之间实现负载均衡,可以缓解个别负载过大的移动中继的压力,将一部分压力转移到负载较小的移动中继,有利于提高移动中继的性能,降低了对有线传输网络的部署要求,特别是在室内等不易部署有线传输网络的区域,有利于提高系统吞吐。此外,考虑到移动中继的高移动性,核心网设备根据各移动中继的移动轨迹为第一移动中继确定目标移动中继。由于被选作目标移动中继的第二移动中继的移动轨迹在一段时间内(如上述第一时间段内)与第一移动中继相同,因此,若将部分终端设备从第一移动中继迁移至第二移动中继,可以使得终端设备的业务连接在第一时间段内不受第二移动中继的移动性的影响,避免这部分终端设备因第二移动中继的位置变化而频繁地发起小区重选,从而可以避免因小区重选带来的信令开销和功耗的增加,减小对终端设备的正常通信的影响,有利于保障终端设备的传输性能。Based on the above solution, the mobile relay with excessive load and the mobile relay with small load are determined through AMF, and the mobile relay with small load is determined to be within the same time period as the mobile relay with excessive load The mobile relay with the same moving trajectory is used as the target mobile relay, so as to control the migration of the terminal equipment from the mobile relay with heavy load to the mobile relay with light load, and realize the load balancing among the mobile relays. By implementing load balancing between mobile relays, the pressure on individual mobile relays with excessive load can be relieved, and part of the pressure can be transferred to mobile relays with smaller loads, which is beneficial to improve the performance of mobile relays and reduce the impact on wired The deployment requirements of the transmission network, especially in areas where it is difficult to deploy a wired transmission network such as indoors, are conducive to improving system throughput. In addition, considering the high mobility of the mobile relay, the core network device determines the target mobile relay for the first mobile relay according to the movement track of each mobile relay. Since the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is the same as that of the first mobile relay within a period of time (such as the first time period), if part of the terminal equipment is removed from the first mobile Migrating the relay to the second mobile relay can make the service connection of the terminal equipment not affected by the mobility of the second mobile relay in the first time period, and avoid the loss of these terminal equipment due to the location change of the second mobile relay. Initiating cell reselection frequently can avoid the increase of signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection, reduce the impact on normal communication of terminal equipment, and help ensure the transmission performance of terminal equipment.
图7是适用于本申请又一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 7 is a schematic flowchart applicable to a communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
应当说明,方法700可适用于图4所示的终端设备在不同接入网设备下的移动中继之间迁移的情况。在该情况下,第一移动中继和第二移动中继分别连接到不同的接入网设备,第一移动中继连接到第一接入网设备,第二移动中继连接到第二接入网设备。It should be noted that the method 700 is applicable to the situation shown in FIG. 4 where the terminal device migrates between mobile relays under different access network devices. In this case, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are respectively connected to different access network devices, the first mobile relay is connected to the first access network device, and the second mobile relay is connected to the second access network device. network access equipment.
应理解,为了便于理解和示意,图7中仅示出了连接于同一AMF的第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备,以及连接于第一接入网设备的第一移动中继和连接于第二接入网设备的第二移动中继,以及第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备。在实际应用中,第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备还可分别连接更多的移动中继,AMF也可连接更多的接入网设备。It should be understood that, for ease of understanding and illustration, only the first access network device and the second access network device connected to the same AMF, and the first mobile relay connected to the first access network device are shown in FIG. 7 and the second mobile relay connected to the second access network device, as well as the first access network device and the second access network device. In practical applications, the first access network device and the second access network device can also be connected to more mobile relays, and the AMF can also be connected to more access network devices.
在步骤701中,第一移动中继和第二移动中继注册入网。In step 701, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay register into the network.
步骤701的执行过程与步骤601相同,具体执行过程可参照前述对步骤601的说明。The execution process of step 701 is the same as that of step 601, and the specific execution process may refer to the foregoing description of step 601.
步骤701与步骤601的区别在于:步骤701中,第一移动中继向第一接入网设备发起注册请求,第二移动中继向第二接入网设备发起注册请求。而步骤601中,第一 移动中继和第二移动中继向同一个接入网设备发起注册请求。The difference between step 701 and step 601 is that: in step 701, the first mobile relay initiates a registration request to the first access network device, and the second mobile relay initiates a registration request to the second access network device. In step 601, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay initiate a registration request to the same access network device.
在步骤702中,AMF获取第一移动中继的负载和第二移动中继的负载。In step 702, the AMF obtains the load of the first mobile relay and the load of the second mobile relay.
步骤702的具体实现方式与前述步骤602相同,具体可参照前述对步骤601至步骤602的说明,在此不再赘述。The specific implementation manner of step 702 is the same as that of the aforementioned step 602. For details, reference may be made to the aforementioned description of the aforementioned steps 601 to 602, which will not be repeated here.
同样地,以第一移动中继为例。一种可能的实现方式中,第一移动中继的MT功能可以将负载信息携带在NAS消息中,并通过第一接入网设备将该NAS消息发送给AMF。Likewise, take the first mobile relay as an example. In a possible implementation manner, the MT function of the first mobile relay may carry the load information in the NAS message, and send the NAS message to the AMF through the first access network device.
即,步骤702具体可以包括步骤702a:That is, step 702 may specifically include step 702a:
第一移动中继的MT功能经由第一接入网设备向AMF发送NAS消息,该NAS消息包括负载信息,该负载信息可以包括当前移动中继上已经占用的资源信息、剩余的资源信息或接入第一移动中继的终端设备的数量。The MT function of the first mobile relay sends a NAS message to the AMF via the first access network device. The NAS message includes load information, and the load information may include resource information already occupied on the current mobile relay, remaining resource information or access The number of terminal devices entering the first mobile relay.
另一种可能的实现方式是,第一移动中继的MT功能可以将负载信息携带在RRC消息中发送给第一接入网设备,第一接入网设备基于接收到的RRC消息中的负载信息确定第一移动中继的负载,并将第一移动中继的负载携带在N2消息中发送给AMF。Another possible implementation is that, the MT function of the first mobile relay can carry the load information in the RRC message and send it to the first access network device, and the first access network device based on the load information in the received RRC message The information determines the load of the first mobile relay, and carries the load of the first mobile relay in the N2 message and sends it to the AMF.
即,步骤702具体可以包括步骤702b:That is, step 702 may specifically include step 702b:
第一移动中继的MT功能向第一接入网设备发送RRC消息,该RRC消息包括负载信息,该负载信息可以包括当前移动中继上已经占用的资源信息、剩余的资源信息或接入第一移动中继的终端设备数量,该负载信息可用于第一接入网设备确定第一移动中继的负载;The MT function of the first mobile relay sends an RRC message to the first access network device. The RRC message includes load information, and the load information may include resource information already occupied on the current mobile relay, remaining resource information, or access The number of terminal devices of a mobile relay, the load information can be used by the first access network device to determine the load of the first mobile relay;
第一接入网设备向AMF发送N2消息,该N2消息中携带第一移动中继的负载或接入第一移动中继的终端设备的数量。The first access network device sends an N2 message to the AMF, where the N2 message carries the load of the first mobile relay or the number of terminal devices accessing the first mobile relay.
应理解,上文所列举的第一移动中继上报负载信息的实现方式仅为示例,第二移动中继上报负载信息的实现方式与步骤702a或步骤702b相同,只需要第二移动中继向第二接入网设备上报负载,再由第二接入网设备向AMF上报负载即可。It should be understood that the implementation manner of reporting load information by the first mobile relay listed above is only an example, and the implementation manner of reporting load information by the second mobile relay is the same as step 702a or step 702b, only the second mobile relay needs to report the load information to The second access network device reports the load, and then the second access network device reports the load to the AMF.
还应理解,基于负载信息获取负载的具体实现方式可参看上文方法500中的相关说明,此处不再赘述。It should also be understood that, for a specific implementation manner of acquiring the load based on the load information, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the method 500 above, which will not be repeated here.
在步骤703中,AMF确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限。In step 703, the AMF determines that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold.
在步骤704中,AMF确定第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,且第二移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与第一移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同。In step 704, the AMF determines that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay in the first time period is the same as that of the first mobile relay in the first time period The movement trajectory is the same.
步骤703至步骤704的执行过程与步骤603至步骤604相同,具体可参照前述对步骤603至步骤604的说明。The execution process of step 703 to step 704 is the same as that of step 603 to step 604, and for details, reference may be made to the foregoing description of step 603 to step 604.
在步骤705中,AMF向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息。In step 705, the AMF sends the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device.
由于第一移动中继和第二移动中继连接于不同的接入网设备,若要控制终端设备接入第二移动中继,AMF或第一接入网设备还需获取第二移动中继的小区信息,以便终端设备进行小区重选。Since the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to different access network devices, to control terminal devices to access the second mobile relay, the AMF or the first access network device also needs to obtain the second mobile relay cell information, so that the terminal device can perform cell reselection.
在一种可能的实现方式中,AMF可从第二接入网设备获取第二移动中继的小区信息,进而将该第二移动中继的小区信息发送给第一接入网设备。即,第二移动中继的信息为第二移动中继的小区信息。图7中的705a示出了该实现方式中的各个步骤:In a possible implementation manner, the AMF may obtain the cell information of the second mobile relay from the second access network device, and then send the cell information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device. That is, the information of the second mobile relay is cell information of the second mobile relay. 705a in Fig. 7 shows each step in this implementation manner:
AMF向第二接入网设备发送第二移动中继的ID;The AMF sends the ID of the second mobile relay to the second access network device;
第二接入网设备基于第二移动中继的ID,向AMF发送第二移动中继的小区信息;以及The second access network device sends the cell information of the second mobile relay to the AMF based on the ID of the second mobile relay; and
AMF向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的小区信息。The AMF sends the cell information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device.
示例性地,AMF在第二移动中继的MT功能通过第二接入网设备入网时,可以保存第二移动中继与第二接入网设备的对应关系,比如,记录第二移动中继的MT功能的临时ID(前已述及,该临时ID可以是AMF在第二移动中继入网时为其分配的)与第二接入网设备的ID的对应关系。AMF在确定将第二移动中继用作第一移动中继的目标移动中继后,可以根据该对应关系,向第二接入网设备先发送请求消息,以请求第二移动中继的小区信息。例如,该请求消息可以包括:第二移动中继的ID,该请求消息用于请求将终端设备接入第二移动中继上,并用于请求获取第二移动中继的小区信息。Exemplarily, when the MT function of the second mobile relay accesses the network through the second access network device, the AMF can save the corresponding relationship between the second mobile relay and the second access network device, for example, record the second mobile relay The correspondence between the temporary ID of the MT function (as mentioned above, the temporary ID may be allocated by the AMF when the second mobile relay enters the network) and the ID of the second access network device. After the AMF determines to use the second mobile relay as the target mobile relay of the first mobile relay, it may first send a request message to the second access network device according to the corresponding relationship, so as to request the cell of the second mobile relay information. For example, the request message may include: the ID of the second mobile relay, and the request message is used for requesting to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay, and for requesting to obtain cell information of the second mobile relay.
第二接入网设备在接收到请求消息后,若同意该终端设备接入,则可以根据第二移动中继的ID确定出第二移动中继的小区信息,并向AMF发送响应消息,该响应消息包括:第二移动中继的小区信息。After receiving the request message, the second access network device can determine the cell information of the second mobile relay according to the ID of the second mobile relay if it agrees to the terminal device's access, and send a response message to the AMF. The response message includes: cell information of the second mobile relay.
AMF在接收到响应消息后,就可根据第一移动中继与第一接入网设备的对应关系,向与第一移动中继对应的第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的小区信息。After receiving the response message, the AMF can send the cell information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device corresponding to the first mobile relay according to the corresponding relationship between the first mobile relay and the first access network device. information.
此外,AMF还可以进一步确定控制终端设备迁移至第二移动中继的有效时长,也就是第一时长,并向第一接入网设备发送第一时长。例如,该第一时长可以小于或等于第一时间段的时长。In addition, the AMF may further determine a valid time period for controlling the migration of the terminal device to the second mobile relay, that is, the first time period, and send the first time period to the first access network device. For example, the first duration may be less than or equal to the duration of the first time period.
应理解,第二移动中继的小区信息和第一时长可以携带在一个N2消息中,也可携带在不同的N2消息中。本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the cell information of the second mobile relay and the first duration may be carried in one N2 message, or may be carried in different N2 messages. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
其中,第一移动中继与第一接入网设备的对应关系和上文示例的第二移动中继与第二接入网设备的对应关系相似,可以是在第一移动中继的MT功能通过第一接入网设备入网时保存的,比如可以是第一移动中继的MT功能的临时ID与第二接入网设备的ID的对应关系。Wherein, the corresponding relationship between the first mobile relay and the first access network device is similar to the corresponding relationship between the second mobile relay and the second access network device in the example above, and may be the MT function of the first mobile relay What is saved when the first access network device accesses the network, for example, may be the correspondence between the temporary ID of the MT function of the first mobile relay and the ID of the second access network device.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,AMF可以将第二移动中继的ID发送给第一接入网设备,第一接入网设备可通过Xn接口从第二接入网设备获取第二移动中继的小区信息。In another possible implementation, the AMF may send the ID of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, and the first access network device may obtain the second mobile relay ID from the second access network device through the Xn interface. Relay cell information.
图7中的705b示出了该实现方式中的各个步骤:705b in Fig. 7 shows each step in this implementation manner:
AMF向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的ID和第二接入网设备的ID;The AMF sends the ID of the second mobile relay and the ID of the second access network device to the first access network device;
第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于获取第二移动中继的小区信息;The first access network device sends a request message to the second access network device, where the request message is used to obtain cell information of the second mobile relay;
第二接入网设备将第二移动中继的小区信息发送给第一接入网设备。The second access network device sends the cell information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device.
具体来说,AMF可向第一接入网设备先发送N2消息,该N2消息包括:第二移动中继的标识和第二接入网设备的标识该第二移动中继的标识用于指示将终端设备接入第二移动中继,该第二接入网设备的标识用于指示该第二移动中继与第二接入网设备连接。Specifically, the AMF may first send an N2 message to the first access network device. The N2 message includes: the identifier of the second mobile relay and the identifier of the second access network device. The identifier of the second mobile relay is used to indicate The terminal device is connected to the second mobile relay, and the identifier of the second access network device is used to indicate that the second mobile relay is connected to the second access network device.
可选地,该N2消息中还包括第一时长,以便于第一接入网设备控制终端设备在合理的时间范围内控制终端设备迁移至第二移动中继。Optionally, the N2 message further includes a first duration, so that the first access network device controls the terminal device to control the terminal device to migrate to the second mobile relay within a reasonable time range.
应理解,第二移动中继的小区信息和第一时长可以携带在一个N2消息中,也可携带在不同的N2消息中。本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the cell information of the second mobile relay and the first duration may be carried in one N2 message, or may be carried in different N2 messages. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
第一接入网设备可以根据第二接入网设备的标识,通过Xn接口向第二接入网设备发送请求消息,该请求消息包括第二移动中继的标识,以用于获取第二移动中继的小区信息。The first access network device may send a request message to the second access network device through the Xn interface according to the identifier of the second access network device, where the request message includes the identifier of the second mobile relay, so as to obtain the second mobile relay Relay cell information.
第二接入网设备在接收到请求消息后,根据第二移动中继的标识确定出第二移动中继的小区信息,通过Xn接口向第一接入网设备发送响应消息,该响应消息包括:第二移动中继的小区信息。After receiving the request message, the second access network device determines the cell information of the second mobile relay according to the identity of the second mobile relay, and sends a response message to the first access network device through the Xn interface, and the response message includes : Cell information of the second mobile relay.
可选地,上述两种实现方式中发送至第二接入网设备的请求消息还可以携带请求原因,该请求原因可用于指示第一移动中继负载过大。Optionally, the request message sent to the second access network device in the above two implementation manners may also carry a request reason, and the request reason may be used to indicate that the load of the first mobile relay is too large.
在步骤706中,第一接入网设备接收到来自RRC空闲态的终端设备的RRC建立请求消息。在步骤707中,第一接入网设备基于第一时长,确定将终端设备接入第二移动中继。In step 706, the first access network device receives an RRC establishment request message from a terminal device in an RRC idle state. In step 707, the first access network device determines to access the terminal device to the second mobile relay based on the first duration.
与方法600相似,第一接入网设备可以根据接收到来自RRC空闲态的终端设备的RRC建立请求消息的时间点(例如记为第一时刻)和第一时长,确定该第一时刻是否落在第一时长这一有效时长的范围内,或者说,第一时长是否未超时。若未超时,则确定将终端设备接入第二移动中继。Similar to method 600, the first access network device may determine whether the first moment falls according to the time point (for example, recorded as the first moment) and the first duration of receiving the RRC establishment request message from the terminal device in the RRC idle state. Within the range of the effective duration of the first duration, or in other words, whether the first duration has not timed out. If it does not time out, it is determined to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay.
在步骤708中,第一接入网设备通过第一移动中继向终端设备发送RRC拒绝消息,该RRC拒绝消息携带第二移动中继的小区信息。In step 708, the first access network device sends an RRC rejection message to the terminal device through the first mobile relay, where the RRC rejection message carries cell information of the second mobile relay.
在步骤709中,终端设备进行小区重选,选择到第二移动中继的小区,并执行注册请求流程。In step 709, the terminal device performs cell reselection, selects a cell to the second mobile relay, and executes a registration request process.
步骤706至步骤709的具体实现方式与前述步骤607至步骤610相同,具体可参照前述对步骤607至步骤610的说明,在此不再赘述。The specific implementation manners of steps 706 to 709 are the same as those of the aforementioned steps 607 to 610 , for details, reference may be made to the aforementioned descriptions of the aforementioned steps 607 to 610 , which will not be repeated here.
应理解,与方法600相似,上述方法并不仅限于控制RRC空闲态的终端设备接入第二移动中继。对于处于RRC连接态的终端设备来说,第一接入网设备也可以将部分连接于第一移动中继的终端设备重定向到第二移动中继。与此对应,步骤708中的RRC拒绝消息可以替换为RRC释放消息。It should be understood that, similar to method 600, the foregoing method is not limited to controlling a terminal device in an RRC idle state to access the second mobile relay. For terminal devices in the RRC connected state, the first access network device may also redirect some terminal devices connected to the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay. Correspondingly, the RRC reject message in step 708 may be replaced by an RRC release message.
需要说明的是,上文所示例的流程中,在确定出第一移动中继的负载较大,且可以对其进行负载均衡之后,AMF便可以将第二移动中继的信息发送给第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备。第一接入网设备在获取到第二移动中继的标识后,便可以将发起接入第一移动中继的终端设备接入到第二移动中继。此流程中,第一接入网设备确定出第二移动中继的步骤不需要终端设备的接入来触发,以移动中继为粒度,控制终端设备接入到第二移动中继,实现负载均衡。但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请实施例对于具体的实现方式不作限定。It should be noted that, in the process shown above, after it is determined that the load of the first mobile relay is relatively large and load balancing can be performed on it, the AMF can send the information of the second mobile relay to the first mobile relay. An access network device or a second access network device. After the first access network device acquires the identity of the second mobile relay, it can connect the terminal device that initiates access to the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay. In this process, the step of determining the second mobile relay by the first access network device does not need to be triggered by the access of the terminal device. Taking the mobile relay as the granularity, the terminal device is controlled to access the second mobile relay to realize load balanced. But this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner.
例如,在另一种实现方式中,AMF在确定了第二移动中继之后,可以暂不执行步骤705,而是在接收到步骤706中来自终端设备的注册请求消息(应理解,该注册请求消息由第一接入网设备发送至AMF,且携带了第一移动中继的标识)之后,确定有终端设备请求从第一移动中继接入,这时AMF才基于接收到的注册请求消息执行步骤705。换言之,此流程中的步骤706可以包括:终端设备向第一接入网设备发送注 册请求消息,以及第一接入网设备将接收到的注册请求消息发送至AMF,且该步骤706可以在步骤705之前执行。此后,第一接入网设备可根据接收到的第二移动中继的标识确定出第二移动中继的信息,继而直接执行步骤708中向终端设备发送第二移动中继的小区信息的步骤,以触发终端设备执行步骤709进行小区重选。For example, in another implementation manner, after the AMF determines the second mobile relay, it may temporarily not perform step 705, but after receiving the registration request message from the terminal device in step 706 (it should be understood that the registration request After the message is sent to AMF by the first access network device and carries the identifier of the first mobile relay), it is determined that there is a terminal device requesting access from the first mobile relay, and then the AMF registers based on the received registration request message Execute step 705. In other words, step 706 in this process may include: the terminal device sends a registration request message to the first access network device, and the first access network device sends the received registration request message to the AMF, and this step 706 may be in step Execute before 705. Thereafter, the first access network device can determine the information of the second mobile relay according to the received identifier of the second mobile relay, and then directly perform the step of sending the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device in step 708 , to trigger the terminal device to execute step 709 to perform cell reselection.
又例如,在又一种实现方式中,AMF在接收到各移动中继的负载之后,可以暂不执行步骤603至步骤605,而是在接收到步骤706中来自终端设备的注册请求消息(应理解,该注册请求消息由第一接入网设备发送至AMF,且携带了第一移动中继的标识),确定有终端设备请求从第一移动中继接入,才基于接收到的请求注册请求执行步骤703至步骤705,确定出第一移动中继负载过大,且可以将接入第一移动中继的终端设备迁移到第二移动中继,并向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息。换言之,此流程中的步骤706可以包括:终端设备向第一接入网设备发送注册请求消息,以及第一接入网设备将接收到的注册请求消息发送至AMF,且该步骤706可以在步骤703、步骤704和步骤705之前执行。此后,第一接入网设备可根据接收到的第二移动中继的标识确定出第二移动中继的信息,继而直接执行步骤708中向终端设备发送第二移动中继的小区信息的步骤,以触发终端设备执行步骤709进行小区重选。For another example, in yet another implementation, after the AMF receives the load of each mobile relay, it may temporarily not perform steps 603 to 605, but after receiving the registration request message from the terminal device in step 706 (should It is understood that the registration request message is sent to the AMF by the first access network device, and carries the identifier of the first mobile relay), and it is determined that there is a terminal device requesting to access from the first mobile relay, and then register based on the received request Request execution of steps 703 to 705, determine that the load of the first mobile relay is too large, and the terminal equipment connected to the first mobile relay can be migrated to the second mobile relay, and send the first access network device 2. Mobile relay information. In other words, step 706 in this process may include: the terminal device sends a registration request message to the first access network device, and the first access network device sends the received registration request message to the AMF, and this step 706 may be in step Execute before step 703, step 704 and step 705. Thereafter, the first access network device can determine the information of the second mobile relay according to the received identifier of the second mobile relay, and then directly perform the step of sending the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device in step 708 , to trigger the terminal device to execute step 709 to perform cell reselection.
可以看到,在上文提供的另两种实现方式中,第一接入网设备在确定有终端设备请求从第一移动中继接入之后,且将该终端设备的注册请求消息发送至AMF之后,才获取到第二移动中继的信息,将终端设备接入第二移动中继。此流程以终端设备为粒度,控制终端设备接入到第二移动中继,实现负载均衡。It can be seen that in the other two implementations provided above, after the first access network device determines that there is a terminal device requesting access from the first mobile relay, it sends the registration request message of the terminal device to the AMF After that, the information of the second mobile relay is obtained, and the terminal device is connected to the second mobile relay. This process takes the terminal device as the granularity, controls the terminal device to access the second mobile relay, and realizes load balancing.
应理解,图7中仅为示例,示出了以中继节点为粒度来控制终端设备接入第二移动中继的过程。本申请对于具体实施方式以及各步骤的执行先后顺序均不作限定。It should be understood that FIG. 7 is only an example, and shows a process of controlling a terminal device's access to the second mobile relay at the granularity of a relay node. The present application does not limit the specific implementation manner and the execution order of each step.
基于上述方案,通过AMF确定出负载过大的移动中继和负载较小的移动中继,并且,从负载较小的移动中继中确定出与负载过大的移动中继在同一时间段内移动轨迹相同的移动中继,作为目标移动中继,从而控制终端设备从负载过大的移动中继迁移至负载较小的移动中继,实现了移动中继之间的负载均衡。通过在移动中继之间实现负载均衡,可以缓解个别负载过大的移动中继的压力,将一部分压力转移到负载较小的移动中继,有利于提高移动中继的性能,降低了对有线传输网络的部署要求,特别是在室内等不易部署有线传输网络的区域,有利于提高系统吞吐。此外,考虑到移动中继的高移动性,核心网设备根据各移动中继的移动轨迹为第一移动中继确定目标移动中继。由于被选作目标移动中继的第二移动中继的移动轨迹在一段时间内(如上述第一时间段内)与第一移动中继相同,因此,若将部分终端设备从第一移动中继迁移至第二移动中继,可以使得终端设备的业务连接在第一时间段内不受第二移动中继的移动性的影响,避免这部分终端设备因第二移动中继的位置变化而频繁地发起小区重选,从而可以避免因小区重选带来的信令开销和功耗的增加,减小对终端设备的正常通信的影响,有利于保障终端设备的传输性能。Based on the above solution, the mobile relay with excessive load and the mobile relay with small load are determined through AMF, and the mobile relay with small load is determined to be within the same time period as the mobile relay with excessive load The mobile relay with the same moving trajectory is used as the target mobile relay, so as to control the migration of the terminal equipment from the mobile relay with heavy load to the mobile relay with light load, and realize the load balancing among the mobile relays. By implementing load balancing between mobile relays, the pressure on individual mobile relays with excessive load can be relieved, and part of the pressure can be transferred to mobile relays with smaller loads, which is beneficial to improve the performance of mobile relays and reduce the impact on wired The deployment requirements of the transmission network, especially in areas where it is difficult to deploy a wired transmission network such as indoors, are conducive to improving system throughput. In addition, considering the high mobility of the mobile relay, the core network equipment determines the target mobile relay for the first mobile relay according to the movement track of each mobile relay. Since the moving trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is the same as that of the first mobile relay within a period of time (such as the first time period), if part of the terminal equipment is removed from the first mobile Migrating the relay to the second mobile relay can make the service connection of the terminal equipment not affected by the mobility of the second mobile relay within the first period of time, and avoid the loss of these terminal equipment due to the location change of the second mobile relay. Initiating cell reselection frequently can avoid the increase of signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection, reduce the impact on normal communication of terminal equipment, and help ensure the transmission performance of terminal equipment.
上文结合图6和图7描述了在AMF控制下实现的通信方法。下面将结合图8描述在接入网设备控制下实现的通信方法。The communication method implemented under the control of the AMF is described above with reference to FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 . The communication method implemented under the control of the access network device will be described below with reference to FIG. 8 .
图8是适用于本申请再一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 8 is a schematic flowchart applicable to a communication method provided by still another embodiment of the present application.
应当说明,方法800所可适用于图3所示的终端设备在同一接入网设备下的移动 中继之间迁移的情况。在该情况下,第一移动中继和第二移动中继连接于同一个接入网设备,即第一接入网设备。It should be noted that the method 800 is applicable to the situation shown in Figure 3 that the terminal equipment migrates between mobile relays under the same access network equipment. In this case, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay are connected to the same access network device, that is, the first access network device.
应理解,为了便于理解和示意,图8中仅示出了连接于AMF的第一接入网设备,以及连接于第一接入网设备的第一移动中继和第二移动中继,在实际应用中,第一接入网设备还可连接更多的移动中继,AMF也可连接更多的接入网设备。It should be understood that, for ease of understanding and illustration, only the first access network device connected to the AMF, and the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay connected to the first access network device are shown in FIG. 8 . In practical applications, the first access network device can also be connected to more mobile relays, and the AMF can also be connected to more access network devices.
下面详细说明方法800中的各个步骤。Each step in the method 800 is described in detail below.
在步骤801中,第一移动中继和第二移动中继注册入网。In step 801, the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay register into the network.
各个移动中继,包括第一移动中继和第二移动中继,可通过该接入网设备发起注册流程实现入网。Each mobile relay, including the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay, can initiate a registration process through the access network device to achieve network access.
应理解,步骤801的执行过程与方法600中的步骤601相同,具体可参照上文步骤601中的相关说明,不再赘述。It should be understood that the execution process of step 801 is the same as that of step 601 in method 600, and for details, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in step 601 above, and details are not repeated here.
在步骤802中,第一接入网设备获取第一移动中继的负载和第二移动中继的负载。In step 802, the first access network device obtains the load of the first mobile relay and the load of the second mobile relay.
随着接入各个移动中继的终端设备的数量越来越多,接入到第一接入网设备的各移动中继可以按照预设时间间隔分别向第一接入网设备上报自身的负载信息。前已述及,负载信息可以包括当前移动中继上已经占用的资源信息、剩余的资源信息或接入各移动中继的终端设备的数量。基于负载信息获取负载的具体实现方式可参看方法500中的相关说明,此处不再赘述。As the number of terminal devices connected to each mobile relay increases, each mobile relay connected to the first access network device can report its own load to the first access network device at a preset time interval information. As mentioned above, the load information may include resource information already occupied on the current mobile relay, remaining resource information, or the number of terminal devices accessing each mobile relay. For a specific implementation manner of acquiring the load based on the load information, reference may be made to related descriptions in the method 500, and details are not repeated here.
下文提供了第一接入网设备获取各移动中继的负载的两种可能的实现方式。作为一种实现方式,各个移动中继的MT功能可以将负载信息携带在RRC消息中发送给第一接入网设备,第一接入网设备基于接收到的RRC消息中的负载信息确定各个移动中继的负载。The following provides two possible implementation manners for the first access network device to obtain the load of each mobile relay. As an implementation, the MT function of each mobile relay can carry the load information in the RRC message and send it to the first access network device, and the first access network device determines the load information of each mobile relay based on the load information in the received RRC message. Relay load.
作为另一种实现方式,各个移动中继的DU功能可以将负载信息携带在F1建立请求(F1setup request)消息中发送给第一接入网设备,第一接入网设备基于接收到的F1建立请求消息中的负载信息确定各个移动中继的负载。As another implementation, the DU function of each mobile relay can carry the load information in the F1 setup request (F1setup request) message and send it to the first access network device, and the first access network device establishes the The load information in the request message determines the load of each mobile relay.
对于线路固定的公交车或者火车等,其上搭载的移动中继的移动轨迹是已知的且可预先配置在车辆所搭载的移动中继上的。因此,在步骤802中,各个移动中继的MT功能还可以将移动轨迹信息携带在RRC消息中发送给第一接入网设备,或者,各个移动中继的DU功能可以将移动轨迹信息携带在F1建立请求消息中发送给第一接入网设备。For buses or trains with fixed routes, the movement trajectory of the mobile relays carried on them is known and can be pre-configured on the mobile relays mounted on the vehicles. Therefore, in step 802, the MT function of each mobile relay may also carry the moving track information in the RRC message and send it to the first access network device, or the DU function of each mobile relay may carry the moving track information in the The F1 establishment request message is sent to the first access network device.
此外,第一接入网设备在为第一移动中继确定目标移动中继(即,第二移动中继)时,需要结合第一移动中继的移动轨迹去确定出第二移动中继。若在步骤802中各移动中继主动上报了移动轨迹,则接入网设备就可直接根据各个移动中继的负载和移动轨迹确定出第二移动中继,若在步骤802中移动中继未主动上报移动轨迹,则该方法还包括步骤803:获取各移动中继的移动轨迹。In addition, when the first access network device determines the target mobile relay (that is, the second mobile relay) for the first mobile relay, it needs to determine the second mobile relay in combination with the movement track of the first mobile relay. If in step 802 each mobile relay voluntarily reports the movement track, then the access network equipment can directly determine the second mobile relay according to the load and movement track of each mobile relay; if in step 802 the mobile relay does not actively report the movement trajectory, the method further includes step 803: acquiring the movement trajectory of each mobile relay.
示例性地,步骤803具体可包括:Exemplarily, step 803 may specifically include:
第一接入网设备向AMF发送轨迹获取请求,该轨迹获取请求中携带了各移动中继的ID;The first access network device sends a track acquisition request to the AMF, and the track acquisition request carries the ID of each mobile relay;
接入网设备接收各移动中继的移动轨迹。The access network equipment receives the movement track of each mobile relay.
应理解,该第一接入网设备可以请求从AMF获取其所连接的各移动中继的移动 轨迹,以便于找到与第一移动中继的移动轨迹在某一时间段内相同的第二移动中继。AMF获取各移动中继的移动轨迹的具体方法在上文方法600中做了详细说明,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the first access network device may request from the AMF to obtain the movement traces of the mobile relays connected to it, so as to find the second mobile relay that is the same as the movement trace of the first mobile relay within a certain period of time. relay. The specific method for the AMF to obtain the movement track of each mobile relay is described in detail in the method 600 above, and will not be repeated here.
在步骤804中,第一接入网设备确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限。In step 804, the first access network device determines that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold.
在步骤805中,第一接入网设备确定第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,且第二移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与第一移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同。In step 805, the first access network device determines that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and the movement track of the second mobile relay in the first time period is the same as that of the first mobile relay in the first time period. The movement trajectory within a period of time is the same.
应理解,步骤804至步骤805的执行过程与方法500中的步骤510至步骤520相同,具体可参照上文对步骤510至步骤520的相关说明,不再赘述。It should be understood that the execution process of step 804 to step 805 is the same as that of step 510 to step 520 in method 500 , for details, reference may be made to the relevant description of step 510 to step 520 above, and details will not be repeated here.
此外,与方法600相似,在第一接入网设备以移动中继为粒度来实现负载均衡时,可以在确定出第二移动中继后,为其设定一个有效时长,如第一时长。以控制在该第一时长内通过第一移动中继接入网络的终端设备接入到第二移动中继去。In addition, similar to method 600, when the first access network device implements load balancing with a granularity of mobile relays, after the second mobile relay is determined, an effective duration, such as the first duration, may be set for it. To control the terminal equipment that accesses the network through the first mobile relay to access the second mobile relay within the first time period.
在步骤806中,第一接入网设备接收到来自RRC空闲态的终端设备的RRC建立请求消息。In step 806, the first access network device receives an RRC establishment request message from a terminal device in an RRC idle state.
对于处于RRC空闲态的终端设备,该终端设备经由第一移动中继发送至第一接入网设备中的RRC建立请求消息。也就是说,该终端设备希望通过第一移动中继接入网络。For a terminal device in the RRC idle state, the terminal device sends an RRC establishment request message to the first access network device via the first mobile relay. That is to say, the terminal device wishes to access the network through the first mobile relay.
若第一接入网设备以移动中继为粒度来实现负载均衡,该方法还可包括步骤807,第一接入网设备基于第一时长,确定将终端设备接入第二移动中继。如前所述,若第一接入网设备收到了来自终端设备的RRC建立请求消息,第一接入网设备可以根据第一时长和接收到来自第一移动中继的RRC消息的时间点,确定该时间点是否还落在第一时长这一有效时长的范围内,或者说,第一时长是否未超时。若未超时,则可确定将该终端设备接入第二移动中继。If the first access network device implements load balancing at the granularity of mobile relays, the method may further include step 807, where the first access network device determines to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay based on the first duration. As mentioned above, if the first access network device receives the RRC establishment request message from the terminal device, the first access network device may, according to the first duration and the time point when receiving the RRC message from the first mobile relay, It is determined whether the time point is still within the range of the effective duration of the first duration, or in other words, whether the first duration has not expired. If it is not timed out, it may be determined to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay.
在步骤808中,第一接入网设备通过第一移动中继向终端设备发送RRC拒绝消息,该RRC拒绝消息携带第二移动中继的小区信息。In step 808, the first access network device sends an RRC rejection message to the terminal device through the first mobile relay, where the RRC rejection message carries cell information of the second mobile relay.
在步骤809中,终端设备进行小区重选,选择到第二移动中继的小区,并执行注册请求流程。In step 809, the terminal device performs cell reselection, selects a cell to the second mobile relay, and executes a registration request procedure.
应理解,步骤806至步骤809的执行过程与方法600中的步骤607至步骤610的执行过程相同,可参看上文对步骤609至步骤610的相关描述,不再赘述。It should be understood that the execution process of step 806 to step 809 is the same as the execution process of step 607 to step 610 in the method 600, and reference may be made to the relevant description of step 609 to step 610 above, and details are not repeated here.
应理解,与方法600相似,上述方法并不仅限于控制RRC空闲态的终端设备接入第二移动中继。对于处于RRC连接态的终端设备来说,第一接入网设备也可以将部分连接于第一移动中继的终端设备重定向到第二移动中继。与此对应,步骤808中的RRC拒绝消息可以替换为RRC释放消息。It should be understood that, similar to method 600, the foregoing method is not limited to controlling a terminal device in an RRC idle state to access the second mobile relay. For terminal devices in the RRC connected state, the first access network device may also redirect some terminal devices connected to the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay. Correspondingly, the RRC reject message in step 808 may be replaced by an RRC release message.
需要说明的是,上文所示例的流程中,确定出第一移动中继的负载较大,且可以对其进行负载均衡之后,第一接入网设备便可以确定出第二移动中继。基于此,第一接入网设备便可以将发起接入第一移动中继的终端设备接入到第二移动中继。此流程中,第一接入网设备确定出第二移动中继的步骤不需要终端设备的接入来触发,以移动中继为粒度,控制终端设备接入到第二移动中继,实现负载均衡。但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请实施例对于具体的实现方式不作限定。It should be noted that, in the process illustrated above, after it is determined that the load of the first mobile relay is relatively large and load balancing can be performed on it, the first access network device can determine the second mobile relay. Based on this, the first access network device can connect the terminal device that initiates access to the first mobile relay to the second mobile relay. In this process, the step of determining the second mobile relay by the first access network device does not need to be triggered by the access of the terminal device. Taking the mobile relay as the granularity, the terminal device is controlled to access the second mobile relay to realize load balanced. But this should not constitute any limitation to the present application. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner.
例如,在另一种实现方式中,第一接入网设备在接收到各移动中继的负载之后,可以暂不执行步骤804和步骤805,而是在接收到步骤806中来自处于RRC空闲态的终端设备的RRC建立请求消息,确定有终端设备请求从第一移动中继接入后,才基于接收到的RRC建立请求消息执行步骤804和步骤805,确定出第一移动中继负载过大,且可以将接入第一移动中继的终端设备迁移到第二移动中继,并向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息。换言之,步骤806可以在步骤804和步骤805之前执行。此后,第一接入网设备可执行步骤808向终端设备发送第二移动中继的小区信息的步骤,以触发终端设备执行步骤709进行小区重选。For example, in another implementation, the first access network device may temporarily not perform step 804 and step 805 after receiving the load of each mobile relay, but receives the load from the RRC idle state in step 806. After determining that there is a terminal device requesting access from the first mobile relay, step 804 and step 805 are executed based on the received RRC establishment request message, and it is determined that the load of the first mobile relay is too large , and the terminal device accessing the first mobile relay can be migrated to the second mobile relay, and the information of the second mobile relay can be sent to the first access network device. In other words, step 806 may be performed before step 804 and step 805 . Thereafter, the first access network device may execute step 808 to send the cell information of the second mobile relay to the terminal device, so as to trigger the terminal device to execute step 709 to perform cell reselection.
可以看到,在上文提供的另一种实现方式中,第一接入网设备在确定有终端设备请求从第一移动中继接入之后,才确定出第二移动中继,并将终端设备接入第二移动中继。此流程以终端设备为粒度,控制终端设备接入到第二移动中继,实现负载均衡。因此,第一接入网设备可以不必基于第一时长来确定是否将终端设备接入第二移动中继,即,步骤807可以不执行。It can be seen that, in another implementation manner provided above, the first access network device determines the second mobile relay after determining that there is a terminal device requesting access from the first mobile relay, and sends the terminal device The device accesses the second mobile relay. This process takes the terminal device as the granularity, controls the terminal device to access the second mobile relay, and realizes load balancing. Therefore, the first access network device may not determine whether to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay based on the first duration, that is, step 807 may not be performed.
应理解,图8仅为示例,示出了以移动中继为粒度控制终端设备接入第二移动中继的过程。本申请对于具体实施方式以及各步骤的执行先后顺序均不作限定。It should be understood that FIG. 8 is only an example, and shows a process of controlling a terminal device's access to the second mobile relay at the granularity of the mobile relay. The present application does not limit the specific implementation manner and the execution order of each step.
基于上述方案,通过接入网设备确定出负载过大的移动中继和负载较小的移动中继,并且,从负载较小的移动中继中确定出与负载过大的移动中继在同一时间段内移动轨迹相同的移动中继,作为目标移动中继,从而控制终端设备从负载过大的移动中继迁移至负载较小的移动中继,实现了移动中继之间的负载均衡。通过在移动中继之间实现负载均衡,可以缓解个别负载过大的移动中继的压力,将一部分压力转移到负载较小的移动中继,有利于提高移动中继的性能,降低了对有线传输网络的部署要求,特别是在室内等不易部署有线传输网络的区域,有利于提高系统吞吐。此外,考虑到移动中继的高移动性,第一接入网设备根据各移动中继的移动轨迹为第一移动中继确定目标移动中继。由于被选作目标移动中继的第二移动中继的移动轨迹在一段时间内(如上述第一时间段内)与第一移动中继相同,因此,若将部分终端设备从第一移动中继迁移至第二移动中继,可以使得终端设备的业务连接在第一时间段内不受第二移动中继的移动性的影响,避免这部分终端设备因第二移动中继的位置变化而频繁地发起小区重选,从而可以避免因小区重选带来的信令开销和功耗的增加,减小对终端设备的正常通信的影响,有利于保障终端设备的传输性能。Based on the above solution, the mobile relay with excessive load and the mobile relay with small load are determined by the access network equipment, and the mobile relay with small load is determined to be in the same The mobile relays with the same moving trajectory in the time period are used as the target mobile relays, so as to control the migration of terminal equipment from the mobile relays with heavy load to the mobile relays with small loads, and realize the load balancing among mobile relays. By implementing load balancing between mobile relays, the pressure on individual mobile relays with excessive load can be relieved, and part of the pressure can be transferred to mobile relays with smaller loads, which is beneficial to improve the performance of mobile relays and reduce the impact on wired The deployment requirements of the transmission network, especially in areas where it is difficult to deploy a wired transmission network such as indoors, are conducive to improving system throughput. In addition, considering the high mobility of the mobile relay, the first access network device determines the target mobile relay for the first mobile relay according to the movement track of each mobile relay. Since the moving trajectory of the second mobile relay selected as the target mobile relay is the same as that of the first mobile relay within a period of time (such as the first time period), if part of the terminal equipment is removed from the first mobile Migrating the relay to the second mobile relay can make the service connection of the terminal equipment not affected by the mobility of the second mobile relay within the first period of time, and avoid the loss of these terminal equipment due to the location change of the second mobile relay. Initiating cell reselection frequently can avoid the increase of signaling overhead and power consumption caused by cell reselection, reduce the impact on normal communication of terminal equipment, and help ensure the transmission performance of terminal equipment.
以上,结合图3至图8详细描述了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图9至图11详细说明本申请实施例提供的装置。Above, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail with reference to FIG. 3 to FIG. 8 . Hereinafter, the device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 9 to FIG. 11 .
图9是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图9所示,该通信装置900包括处理单元910和收发单元920。Fig. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9 , the communication device 900 includes a processing unit 910 and a transceiver unit 920 .
可选地,该通信装置900可以对应于方法实施例中的AMF(核心网设备的一例),比如,该通信装置900可以为AMF,或者,也可以为配置在AMF中的部件(如电路、芯片、芯片系统等),或者,还可以为能够实现全部或部分AMF功能的逻辑模块或软件。本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the communication device 900 may correspond to the AMF (an example of a core network device) in the method embodiment, for example, the communication device 900 may be an AMF, or may also be a component configured in the AMF (such as a circuit, chip, system-on-a-chip, etc.), or it may also be a logic module or software capable of realizing all or part of the AMF functions. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
该通信装置900对应于AMF时,该通信装置900可用于执行上文结合图5至图8所示出的方法500至800中的AMF执行的步骤,该通信装置900可以包括用于执行 上文图5至图8所示出的方法500至800中的AMF执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置900中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图5至图8所示的方法500至800中的相应流程。When the communication device 900 corresponds to the AMF, the communication device 900 may be used to perform the steps performed above in conjunction with the AMF in the methods 500 to 800 shown in FIGS. The units of the method executed by the AMF in the methods 500 to 800 shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 . Moreover, each unit and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions in the communication device 900 are respectively intended to implement the corresponding processes in the methods 500 to 800 shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 .
应理解,该通信装置为AMF时,该通信装置900中的收发单元920可以通过收发器实现,例如可对应于图10中示出的通信装置1000中的收发器1020。该通信装置900中的处理单元910可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图10中示出的通信装置1000中的处理器1010。It should be understood that when the communication device is an AMF, the transceiver unit 920 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 1020 in the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 . The processing unit 910 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 1010 in the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 .
可选地,该通信装置900可以对应于方法实施例中的第一接入网设备,比如,该通信装置900可以为第一接入网设备,或者,也可以为配置在第一接入网设备中的部件(如电路、芯片、芯片系统等),或者,还可以为能够实现全部或部分AMF功能的逻辑模块或软件。本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the communication device 900 may correspond to the first access network device in the method embodiment, for example, the communication device 900 may be the first access network device, or may also be a device configured on the first access network A component in the device (such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, etc.), or it may also be a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the AMF functions. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
该通信装置900对应于第一接入网设备时,该通信装置900可用于执行上文结合图5至图8所示出的方法500至800中的第一接入网设备执行的步骤,该通信装置900可以包括用于执行上文图5至图8所示出的方法500至800中的第一接入网设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置900中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图5至图8所示的方法500至800中的相应流程。When the communication device 900 corresponds to the first access network device, the communication device 900 may be used to perform the steps performed above in conjunction with the first access network device in the methods 500 to 800 shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 . The communications apparatus 900 may include a unit for executing the method performed by the first access network device in the methods 500 to 800 shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 above. Moreover, each unit and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions in the communication device 900 are respectively intended to implement the corresponding processes in the methods 500 to 800 shown in FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 .
应理解,该通信装置为第一接入网设备时,该通信装置900中的收发单元920可以通过收发器实现,例如可对应于图10中示出的通信装置1000中的收发器1020或图11中示出的基站2000中的远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)2100。该通信装置900中的处理单元910可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图10中示出的通信装置1000中的处理器1010或图11中示出的基站2000中的处理单元2200或处理器2202。It should be understood that when the communication device is the first access network device, the transceiver unit 920 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 1020 in the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 11 shows a remote radio unit (remote radio unit, RRU) 2100 in the base station 2000. The processing unit 910 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 1010 in the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 or the processing unit 2200 in the base station 2000 shown in FIG. 11 or Processor 2202.
可选地,该通信装置900可以对应于方法实施例中的第二接入网设备,比如,该通信装置900可以为第二接入网设备,或者,也可以为配置在第二接入网设备中的部件(如电路、芯片、芯片系统等),或者,还可以为能够实现全部或部分AMF功能的逻辑模块或软件。本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the communication device 900 may correspond to the second access network device in the method embodiment, for example, the communication device 900 may be the second access network device, or may also be a device configured on the second access network A component in the device (such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, etc.), or it may also be a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the AMF functions. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
该通信装置900对应于第二接入网设备时,该通信装置900可用于执行上文结合图7所示出的方法700中的第二接入网设备执行的步骤,该通信装置900可以包括用于执行上文图7所示出的方法700中的第二接入网设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置900中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图7所示出的方法700中的相应流程。When the communication device 900 corresponds to the second access network device, the communication device 900 may be used to perform the steps performed above in conjunction with the second access network device in the method 700 shown in FIG. 7 , and the communication device 900 may include A unit for executing the method performed by the second access network device in the method 700 shown in FIG. 7 above. Moreover, each unit in the communication device 900 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement a corresponding process in the method 700 shown in FIG. 7 .
应理解,该通信装置为第二接入网设备时,该通信装置900中的收发单元920可以通过收发器实现,例如可对应于图10中示出的通信装置1000中的收发器1020或图11中示出的基站2000中的RRU 2100。该通信装置900中的处理单元910可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图10中示出的通信装置1000中的处理器1010或图11中示出的基站2000中的处理单元2200或处理器2202。It should be understood that when the communication device is the second access network device, the transceiver unit 920 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 1020 in the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. RRU 2100 in base station 2000 shown in 11. The processing unit 910 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 1010 in the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 or the processing unit 2200 in the base station 2000 shown in FIG. 11 or Processor 2202.
还应理解,该通信装置900为配置于AMF、第一接入网设备或第二接入网中的芯片或芯片系统时,该通信装置900中的收发单元920可以通过输入/输出接口、电路等实现,该通信装置900中的处理单元910可以通过该芯片或芯片系统上集成的处理器、 微处理器或集成电路等实现。It should also be understood that when the communication device 900 is a chip or a chip system configured in the AMF, the first access network device, or the second access network, the transceiver unit 920 in the communication device 900 can use an input/output interface, a circuit etc., the processing unit 910 in the communication device 900 may be implemented by a processor, a microprocessor, or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip or system-on-a-chip.
图10是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一示意性框图。如图10所示,该装置1000可以包括至少一个处理器1010。该至少一个处理器1010可用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中AMF(核心网设备的一例)或接入网设备的功能。Fig. 10 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10 , the apparatus 1000 may include at least one processor 1010 . The at least one processor 1010 may be used to implement the functions of the AMF (an example of a core network device) or access network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
示例性地,当该装置1000用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中AMF的功能时,处理器1010可用于确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限;确定第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,且确定该第二移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与该第一移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同;并用于控制通信接口1030向第一接入网设备发送第二移动中继的信息;其中,该第二移动中继的信息用于将终端设备接入该第二移动中继,该第一移动中继和该第二移动中继处于移动的状态,且该第一移动中继用于在终端设备和第一接入网设备之间提供中继服务。Exemplarily, when the apparatus 1000 is used to implement the AMF function in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the processor 1010 can be used to determine that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds the first preset threshold; determine that the load of the second mobile relay The load is lower than the second preset threshold, and it is determined that the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay in the first time period is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay in the first time period; and used to control the communication interface 1030 Send the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device; where the information of the second mobile relay is used to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay, and the first mobile relay and the second mobile relay The second mobile relay is in a moving state, and the first mobile relay is used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the first access network device.
当该装置1000用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第一接入网设备的功能时,处理器1010可用于确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限;确定第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,且确定该第二移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与该第一移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同;确定终端设备在第一时间段的第一时刻请求从第一移动中继接入;并用于控制通信接口1030向终端设备发送该第二移动中继的频点,该第二移动中继的频点用于终端设备接入第二移动中继。具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。When the apparatus 1000 is used to realize the function of the first access network device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the processor 1010 can be used to determine that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds the first preset threshold; The load of the relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and it is determined that the movement trajectory of the second mobile relay in the first time period is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay in the first time period; The first moment in the first time period requests access from the first mobile relay; and is used to control the communication interface 1030 to send the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the terminal device, and the frequency point of the second mobile relay is used by the terminal The device accesses the second mobile relay. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, and details are not repeated here.
该装置1000还可以包括至少一个存储器1020,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1020和处理器1010耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1010可能和存储器1020协同操作。处理器1010可能执行存储器1020中存储的程序指令。该至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。The apparatus 1000 may also include at least one memory 1020 for storing program instructions and/or data. The memory 1020 is coupled to the processor 1010 . The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or a communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. Processor 1010 may cooperate with memory 1020 . Processor 1010 may execute program instructions stored in memory 1020 . At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
该装置1000还可以包括通信接口1030,用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信,从而用于装置1000可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地,当该装置1000用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中AMF的功能时,该其他设备可以是第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备等;该装置1000用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中接入网设备的功能时,该其他设备可以是终端设备、AMF等。该通信接口1030例如可以是收发器、接口、总线、电路或者能够实现收发功能的装置。处理器1010可利用通信接口1030收发数据和/或信息,并用于实现图5至图8对应的实施例中的AMF或接入网设备所执行的方法。The apparatus 1000 may also include a communication interface 1030 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the apparatus 1000 can communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, when the apparatus 1000 is used to realize the function of the AMF in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the other device may be the first access network device, the second access network device, etc.; the apparatus 1000 is used to realize When the function of the access network device is used in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the other device may be a terminal device, an AMF, and the like. The communication interface 1030 may be, for example, a transceiver, an interface, a bus, a circuit, or a device capable of realizing a sending and receiving function. The processor 1010 can use the communication interface 1030 to send and receive data and/or information, and be used to implement the method executed by the AMF or the access network device in the embodiments corresponding to FIG. 5 to FIG. 8 .
本申请实施例中不限定上述处理器1010、存储器1020以及通信接口1030之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图10中以处理器1010、存储器1020以及通信接口1030之间通过总线1040连接。总线1040在图10中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。该总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图10中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。In this embodiment of the present application, a specific connection medium among the processor 1010, the memory 1020, and the communication interface 1030 is not limited. In the embodiment of the present application, in FIG. 10 , the processor 1010 , the memory 1020 and the communication interface 1030 are connected through a bus 1040 . The bus 1040 is represented by a thick line in FIG. 10 , and the connection manner between other components is only for schematic illustration and is not limited thereto. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus and so on. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 10 , but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
图11是本申请实施例提供的接入网设备的结构示意图。该网络设备例如可以为基站。该基站2000可应用于如图1所示的场景中,执行上述方法实施例中第一接入网设 备或第二接入网设备的功能。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The network device may be, for example, a base station. The base station 2000 can be applied in the scenario shown in Figure 1 to perform the functions of the first access network device or the second access network device in the above method embodiments.
如图11所示,该基站2000可以包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(RRU)2010和一个或多个基带单元(BBU)(也可称为分布式单元(DU))2020。该RRU 2010可以称为收发单元,可以与图9中的收发单元920或图10中的通信接口1030对应。可选地,该RRU 2100还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线2101和射频单元2102。可选地,RRU 2100可以包括接收单元和发送单元,接收单元可以对应于接收器(或称接收机、接收电路),发送单元可以对应于发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。所述RRU 2100部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于执行第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备的操作流程,如,用于执行第一接入网设备向终端设备发送RRC拒绝消息、RRC释放消息等操作流程。所述BBU 2200部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU 2100与BBU 2200可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。As shown in FIG. 11 , the base station 2000 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 2010 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as a distributed unit (DU)) 2020 . The RRU 2010 may be called a transceiver unit, and may correspond to the transceiver unit 920 in FIG. 9 or the communication interface 1030 in FIG. 10 . Optionally, the RRU 2100 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., which may include at least one antenna 2101 and a radio frequency unit 2102. Optionally, the RRU 2100 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit, the receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or called receiver, receiving circuit), and the sending unit may correspond to a transmitter (or called transmitter, sending circuit). The RRU 2100 part is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for executing the operation process of the first access network device or the second access network device, for example, for executing the first access network device The network access device sends an RRC rejection message, an RRC release message, and other operation procedures to the terminal device. The BBU 2200 part is mainly used for baseband processing, controlling the base station, and the like. The RRU 2100 and the BBU 2200 may be physically set together, or physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU 2200为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,可以与图9中的处理单元910或图10中的处理器1010对应,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理单元)可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备的操作流程,例如,用于执行第一接入网设备确定第一时长是否超时,以及是否将终端设备接入第一移动中继等操作流程。The BBU 2200 is the control center of the base station, and can also be called a processing unit, which can correspond to the processing unit 910 in FIG. 9 or the processor 1010 in FIG. 10, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding and multiplexing , modulation, spread spectrum, etc. For example, the BBU (processing unit) can be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedures related to the first access network device or the second access network device in the above method embodiments, for example, to execute the first access network device to determine the second Whether the duration is timed out, and whether to connect the terminal device to the first mobile relay and other operation procedures.
在一个示例中,所述BBU 2200可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述BBU 2200还包括存储器2201和处理器2202。所述存储器2201用以存储必要的指令和数据。所述处理器2202用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器2201和处理器2202可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 2200 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network (such as an LTE network) of a single access standard, or may separately support wireless access networks of different access standards. Wireless access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other networks). The BBU 2200 also includes a memory 2201 and a processor 2202. The memory 2201 is used to store necessary instructions and data. The processor 2202 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation process related to the network device in the above method embodiment. The memory 2201 and the processor 2202 may serve one or more boards. That is to say, memory and processors can be set independently on each single board. It may also be that multiple single boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can also be set on each single board.
应理解,图11所示的基站2000能够实现图5至图8所示方法实施例中涉及第一接入网设备的各个过程。基站2000中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。It should be understood that the base station 2000 shown in FIG. 11 can implement various processes involving the first access network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 5 to 8 . The operations and/or functions of the various modules in the base station 2000 are respectively for implementing the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, and detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here to avoid repetition.
上述BBU 2200可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由第一接入网设备内部实现的动作,而RRU 2100可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的第一接入网设备向终端设备发送或从终端设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above-mentioned BBU 2200 can be used to execute the actions internally implemented by the first access network device described in the previous method embodiments, and the RRU 2100 can be used to perform the sending of the first access network device to the terminal device described in the previous method embodiments. Or an action received from an end device. For details, please refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
或者,图11所示的基站2000能够实现图7所示方法实施例中第二接入网设备的各个过程。基站2000中的各个模块的操作和/或功能,分别为了实现上述方法实施例中的相应流程。具体可参见上述方法实施例中的描述,为避免重复,此处适当省略详细描述。Alternatively, the base station 2000 shown in FIG. 11 can implement various processes of the second access network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7 . The operations and/or functions of the various modules in the base station 2000 are respectively for implementing the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments. For details, reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, and detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here to avoid repetition.
上述BBU 2200可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由第二接入网设备内部实 现的动作,而RRU 2100可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的第二接入网设备向AMF或第一接入网设备发送或从AMF或第一接入网设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above-mentioned BBU 2200 can be used to execute the actions internally implemented by the second access network device described in the previous method embodiments, and the RRU 2100 can be used to perform the sending of the second access network device to the AMF or the second access network device described in the previous method embodiments. An action that an access network device sends or receives from the AMF or the first access network device. For details, please refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
应理解,图11所示出的基站2000仅为接入网设备的一种可能的形态,而不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请所提供的方法可适用于其他形态的接入网设备。例如,包括AAU,还可以包括CU和/或DU,或者包括BBU和自适应无线单元(adaptive radio unit,ARU),或BBU;也可以为客户终端设备(customer premises equipment,CPE),还可以为其它形态,本申请对于网络设备的具体形态不做限定。It should be understood that the base station 2000 shown in FIG. 11 is only a possible form of an access network device, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. The method provided in this application can be applied to other forms of access network equipment. For example, including AAU, may also include CU and/or DU, or include BBU and adaptive radio unit (adaptive radio unit, ARU), or BBU; may also be customer premises equipment (CPE), may also be For other forms, this application does not limit the specific form of the network device.
其中,CU和/或DU可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由接入网设备内部实现的动作,而AAU可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的接入网设备向终端设备发送或从终端设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。Among them, CU and/or DU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments implemented by the access network device, and AAU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments from the access network device to the terminal device. Action received from end device. For details, please refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
应理解,本申请中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor in this application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other possible Program logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. Various methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当该计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行图5至图8所示实施例中AMF执行的方法或第一接入网设备执行的方法,或者使得计算机执行图7 所示实施例中第二接入网设备执行的方法。The present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), when the computer program is executed, the computer executes the program in the embodiment shown in Fig. 5 to Fig. 8 The method executed by the AMF or the method executed by the first access network device, or causing the computer to execute the method executed by the second access network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 .
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)。当该计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行图5或图8所示实施例中AMF执行的方法或第一接入网设备执行的方法,或者使得计算机执行图7所示实施例中第二接入网设备执行的方法。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program (also called code, or instruction) is stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer program is executed, the computer executes the method executed by the AMF in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 or FIG. 8 or the method executed by the first access network device, or the computer executes the second interface in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 The method executed by the network-connected device.
本说明书中使用的术语“单元”、“模块”等,可用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。The terms "unit", "module" and the like used in this specification may be used to denote a computer-related entity, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step),能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置、设备和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,该单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。Those of ordinary skill in the art can appreciate that various illustrative logical blocks (illustrative logical blocks) and steps (steps) described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. accomplish. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application. In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or can be Integrate into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
该作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separated, and the component shown as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,各功能单元的功能可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令(程序)。在计算机上加载和执行该计算机程序指令(程序)时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例该的流程或功能。该计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, the functions of each functional unit may be fully or partially implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product comprises one or more computer instructions (programs). When the computer program instructions (program) are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center by wire (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium, (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)) wait.
该功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存 储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: various media capable of storing program codes such as U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (25)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限;determining that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold;
    确定第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,且确定所述第二移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与所述第一移动中继在所述第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同;determining that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than a second preset threshold, and determining that the movement track of the second mobile relay in the first time period is the same as that of the first mobile relay in the first time period The trajectory of movement is the same;
    向第一接入网设备发送所述第二移动中继的信息,所述第二移动中继的信息用于将终端设备接入所述第二移动中继,所述第一移动中继和所述第二移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述第一移动中继用于在所述终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间提供中继服务。sending the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, where the information of the second mobile relay is used to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay, and the first mobile relay and The second mobile relay is in a moving state, and the first mobile relay is used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    向所述第一接入网设备发送第一时长,在所述第一时长超时后,所述第一移动中继能够在所述终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间提供中继服务。sending a first duration to the first access network device, and after the first duration expires, the first mobile relay can provide a relay between the terminal device and the first access network device Serve.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时长小于或等于所述第一时间段的时长。The method according to claim 2, wherein the first duration is less than or equal to the duration of the first time period.
  4. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述向第一接入网设备发送所述第二移动中继的信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before sending the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, the method further comprises:
    从所述第一接入网设备接收所述第一移动中继的标识和来自所述终端设备的注册请求消息,所述第一移动中继的标识用于指示所述注册请求消息通过所述第一移动中继转发至所述第一接入网设备。Receive the identifier of the first mobile relay and the registration request message from the terminal device from the first access network device, where the identifier of the first mobile relay is used to indicate that the registration request message is passed through the The first mobile relay forwards to the first access network device.
  5. 如权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,所述第二移动中继用于在终端设备和第二接入网设备之间提供中继服务,所述第一接入网设备和所述第二接入网设备为同一个接入网设备,或,所述第一接入网设备和所述第二接入网设备为不同的接入网设备。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the second mobile relay is used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the second access network device, and the first access network device and the The second access network device is the same access network device, or the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二移动中继的信息包括所述第二移动中继的标识,所述第二移动中继的标识与所述第二移动中继的频点对应。The method according to claim 5, wherein the information of the second mobile relay includes the identification of the second mobile relay, and the identification of the second mobile relay is the same as that of the second mobile relay. corresponding to the frequency points.
  7. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二移动中继的信息包括所述第二移动中继的频点。The method according to claim 5, wherein the information of the second mobile relay includes a frequency point of the second mobile relay.
  8. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备和所述第二接入网设备为不同的接入网设备;以及The method according to claim 6, wherein the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices; and
    在所述向第一接入网设备发送所述第二移动中继的信息之前,所述方法还包括:Before sending the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, the method further includes:
    向所述第二接入网设备发送所述第二移动中继的标识;sending the identity of the second mobile relay to the second access network device;
    从所述第二接入网设备接收所述第二移动中继的频点。Receive the frequency point of the second mobile relay from the second access network device.
  9. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限;determining that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold;
    确定第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,且确定所述第二移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与所述第一移动中继在所述第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同;determining that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than a second preset threshold, and determining that the movement track of the second mobile relay in the first time period is the same as that of the first mobile relay in the first time period The trajectory of movement is the same;
    确定终端设备在所述第一时间段的第一时刻请求从所述第一移动中继接入;determining that the terminal device requests access from the first mobile relay at a first moment in the first time period;
    向所述终端设备发送所述第二移动中继的频点,所述第二移动中继的频点用于所 述终端设备接入所述第二移动中继。Sending the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the terminal device, where the frequency point of the second mobile relay is used for the terminal device to access the second mobile relay.
  10. 如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, further comprising:
    获取所述第一移动中继的负载和所述第二移动中继的负载。Obtain the load of the first mobile relay and the load of the second mobile relay.
  11. 如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, further comprising:
    获取所述第一移动中继的移动轨迹和所述第二移动中继的移动轨迹。Obtain the movement track of the first mobile relay and the movement track of the second mobile relay.
  12. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限;确定第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,并用于确定所述第二移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与所述第一移动中继在所述第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同;A processing unit, configured to determine that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold; determine that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than a second preset threshold, and determine that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and is used to determine that the second mobile relay is at the first time The movement trajectory in the segment is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay in the first time period;
    收发单元,用于向第一接入网设备发送所述第二移动中继的信息,所述第二移动中继的信息用于将终端设备接入所述第二移动中继,所述第一移动中继和所述第二移动中继处于移动的状态,且所述第一移动中继用于在所述终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间提供中继服务。a transceiver unit, configured to send the information of the second mobile relay to the first access network device, where the information of the second mobile relay is used to connect the terminal device to the second mobile relay, and the first A mobile relay and the second mobile relay are in a moving state, and the first mobile relay is used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于向所述第一接入网设备发送第一时长,在所述第一时长超时后,所述第一移动中继能够在所述终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间提供中继服务。The apparatus according to claim 12, wherein the transceiving unit is further configured to send a first duration to the first access network device, and after the first duration expires, the first mobile relay A relay service can be provided between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一时长小于或等于所述第一时间段的时长。The apparatus according to claim 13, wherein the first duration is less than or equal to the duration of the first time period.
  15. 如权利要求12所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于从所述第一接入网设备接收所述第一移动中继的标识和来自所述终端设备的注册请求消息,所述第一移动中继的标识用于指示所述注册请求消息通过所述第一移动中继转发至所述第一接入网设备。The apparatus according to claim 12, wherein the transceiving unit is further configured to receive the identifier of the first mobile relay and a registration request message from the terminal device from the first access network device, The identifier of the first mobile relay is used to indicate that the registration request message is forwarded to the first access network device through the first mobile relay.
  16. 如权利要求12至15中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二移动中继用于在终端设备和第二接入网设备之间提供中继服务,所述第一接入网设备和所述第二接入网设备为同一个接入网设备,或,所述第一接入网设备和所述第二接入网设备为不同的接入网设备。The device according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein the second mobile relay is used to provide a relay service between the terminal device and the second access network device, and the first The network access device and the second access network device are the same access network device, or the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices.
  17. 如权利要求16所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二移动中继的信息包括所述第二移动中继的标识,所述第二移动中继的标识与所述第二移动中继的频点对应。The apparatus according to claim 16, wherein the information of the second mobile relay includes an identifier of the second mobile relay, and the identifier of the second mobile relay is the same as that of the second mobile relay. corresponding to the frequency points.
  18. 如权利要求16所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二移动中继的信息包括所述第二移动中继的频点。The device according to claim 16, wherein the information of the second mobile relay includes a frequency point of the second mobile relay.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备和所述第二接入网设备为不同的接入网设备,The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the first access network device and the second access network device are different access network devices,
    所述收发单元还用于向所述第二接入网设备发送所述第二移动中继的标识;并用于从所述第二接入网设备接收所述第二移动中继的频点。The transceiving unit is further configured to send an identifier of the second mobile relay to the second access network device; and to receive a frequency point of the second mobile relay from the second access network device.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理单元,用于确定第一移动中继的负载超过第一预设门限;确定第二移动中继的负载低于第二预设门限,并用于确定所述第二移动中继在第一时间段内的移动轨迹与所述第一移动中继在所述第一时间段内的移动轨迹相同;还用于确定终端设备在所述第一时间段的第一时刻请求从所述第一移动中继接入;A processing unit, configured to determine that the load of the first mobile relay exceeds a first preset threshold; determine that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than a second preset threshold, and determine that the load of the second mobile relay is lower than the second preset threshold, and is used to determine that the second mobile relay is at the first time The movement trajectory within the segment is the same as the movement trajectory of the first mobile relay within the first time period; it is also used to determine that the terminal device requests to transfer from the first mobile relay at the first moment of the first time period relay access;
    收发单元,用于向所述终端设备发送所述第二移动中继的频点,所述第二移动中继的频点用于所述终端设备接入所述第二移动中继。A transceiver unit, configured to send the frequency point of the second mobile relay to the terminal device, where the frequency point of the second mobile relay is used for the terminal device to access the second mobile relay.
  21. 如权利要求12至20中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于获取所述第一移动中继的负载和所述第二移动中继的负载。The device according to any one of claims 12 to 20, wherein the processing unit is further configured to acquire the load of the first mobile relay and the load of the second mobile relay.
  22. 如权利要求12至21中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于获取所述第一移动中继的移动轨迹和所述第二移动中继的移动轨迹。The device according to any one of claims 12 to 21, wherein the processing unit is further configured to acquire a movement track of the first mobile relay and a movement track of the second mobile relay.
  23. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器用于调用程序代码以用于实现如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor, the processor is used to invoke program codes to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
  24. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, wherein when the computer program is executed by a processor, the computer is made to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
  25. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized by comprising a computer program, which causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11 when the computer program is executed.
PCT/CN2022/118926 2021-10-28 2022-09-15 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2023071587A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111267070.X 2021-10-28
CN202111267070.XA CN116056008A (en) 2021-10-28 2021-10-28 Communication method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023071587A1 true WO2023071587A1 (en) 2023-05-04

Family

ID=86113809

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/118926 WO2023071587A1 (en) 2021-10-28 2022-09-15 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116056008A (en)
WO (1) WO2023071587A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104753806A (en) * 2013-12-31 2015-07-01 中国移动通信集团辽宁有限公司 Load balancing method, device and system of agent mobile Internet protocol version 6
CN112005581A (en) * 2018-06-01 2020-11-27 凯迪迪爱通信技术有限公司 Base station apparatus in wireless communication system that performs handover including relay transmission path, control method thereof, and program
WO2021055368A1 (en) * 2019-09-16 2021-03-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Handover determination
WO2021055204A1 (en) * 2019-09-16 2021-03-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Relay handover determination

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104753806A (en) * 2013-12-31 2015-07-01 中国移动通信集团辽宁有限公司 Load balancing method, device and system of agent mobile Internet protocol version 6
CN112005581A (en) * 2018-06-01 2020-11-27 凯迪迪爱通信技术有限公司 Base station apparatus in wireless communication system that performs handover including relay transmission path, control method thereof, and program
WO2021055368A1 (en) * 2019-09-16 2021-03-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Handover determination
WO2021055204A1 (en) * 2019-09-16 2021-03-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Relay handover determination

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116056008A (en) 2023-05-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11122534B2 (en) Method for supporting efficient PDU session activation and deactivation in cellular networks
KR102020350B1 (en) A mobility support for D2D enabled UE in a wireless system
CN113873478B (en) Communication method and device
CN114600504A (en) Method for moving IMS voice conversation on non-3 GPP to 3GPP access
KR102127780B1 (en) Method for providing mobile telecommunication service, and apparatus therefor
US20240172084A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN113938840A (en) Communication method and communication device
CN115150045A (en) Wireless communication method and device, terminal and network equipment
CN113795019B (en) Communication control method and communication equipment
US20160135063A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling of ddn message, and computer readable medium for the same
CN115136651B (en) Switching method and communication device
WO2023207342A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2022022082A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023071587A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN116347545A (en) Wireless communication method and device, terminal and storage medium
KR20210073414A (en) Apparatus and method for e2 interface set up with cell information in radio access network
WO2023197772A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
KR102362560B1 (en) Method for providing mobile telecommunication service, and apparatus therefor
KR102109603B1 (en) UE context management method using aggregated maximum bit rate and apparatus therefor
WO2023202503A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024016141A1 (en) Method for establishing computing tunnel and related apparatus
WO2024016143A1 (en) Computing collaboration method and related apparatus
WO2023016251A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2023185424A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus
WO2023138352A1 (en) Inter-system interoperation method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22885474

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE